fibeair ip-10g installationguide(reve)
TRANSCRIPT
Copyright © 2011 by Ceragon Networks Ltd. All rights reserved.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Doc-00023199 Rev E
November 2011
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 2 of 353
Notice
This document contains information that is proprietary to Ceragon Networks Ltd. No part of this publication may be reproduced, modified, or distributed without prior written authorization of Ceragon Networks Ltd. This document is provided as is, without warranty of any kind.
Registered Trademarks
Ceragon Networks® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. FibeAir® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. CeraView® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. Other names mentioned in this publication are owned by their respective holders.
Trademarks
CeraMap™, PolyView™, EncryptAir™, ConfigAir™, CeraMon™, EtherAir™, and MicroWave Fiber™, are trademarks of Ceragon Networks Ltd. Other names mentioned in this publication are owned by their respective holders.
Statement of Conditions
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. Ceragon Networks Ltd. shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damage in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this document or equipment supplied with it.
Open Source Statement
The Product may use open source software, among them O/S software released under the GPL or GPL alike license ("GPL License"). Inasmuch that such software is being used, it is released under the GPL License, accordingly. Some software might have changed. The complete list of the software being used in this product including their respective license and the aforementioned public available changes is accessible on http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
Information to User
Any changes or modifications of equipment not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment and the warranty for such equipment.
Revision History
Rev Date Author Description Approved by Date
D September 7,
2011
Baruch Gitlin System installation guide for
IP-10G and all supported
RFUs.
Tomer Aizenberg, Amit Stark,
Ilan Benoliel, Rami Lerner, Uri
Sela, Ari Bachman
September 6,
2011
E October 27,
2011
Baruch Gitlin Expand initial configuration
instructions, add software
version 6.8 features.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 3 of 353
Table of Contents
1. About This Guide ............................................................................................ 14
2. What You Should Know ................................................................................. 14
3. Target Audience ............................................................................................. 14
4. Related Documents ........................................................................................ 14
5. Section Summary ........................................................................................... 15
6. Preparing for Installation ............................................................................... 16
6.1 Packing .................................................................................................................... 16
6.2 Transportation .......................................................................................................... 16
6.3 Inspection ................................................................................................................ 16
6.4 Unpacking Equipment at the Site .............................................................................. 16
7. Installing the IDU ............................................................................................ 17
7.1 Required Tools for IDU Installation ........................................................................... 17
7.2 Cables ..................................................................................................................... 17
7.3 Special Requirements for North America .................................................................. 17
7.4 Site Requirements .................................................................................................... 18 7.4.1 IDU Dimensions ....................................................................................................... 18
7.5 Configuration Options ............................................................................................... 19
7.6 Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack ........................................................................ 19
7.7 Installing the IDU in a Nodal Enclosure ..................................................................... 20 7.7.1 Nodal Enclosure Design ........................................................................................... 20 7.7.2 List of Kits Needed to Install an IDU in a Nodal Configuration ................................... 21 7.7.3 Procedure for IDU Installation in a Nodal Configuration ............................................ 21
7.8 Grounding the IDU and Electrical Information ........................................................... 25 7.8.1 Dual DC Feed .......................................................................................................... 27
8. RFU Overview ................................................................................................. 28
8.1 RFU Selection Guide ................................................................................................ 29
9. Installing the FibeAir RFU-C .......................................................................... 30
9.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 30
9.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 30
9.3 Installation Components ........................................................................................... 31
9.4 Component Part Numbers ........................................................................................ 32
9.5 Marketing Models ..................................................................................................... 35
9.6 1+0 Direct Mount Installation .................................................................................... 38
9.7 1+1 Direct Mount Installation .................................................................................... 40
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 4 of 353
9.8 1+0 Remote Mount Installation ................................................................................. 42
9.9 1+1 Remote Mount Installation ................................................................................. 44
9.10 Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses ............................................................... 45
9.11 Antenna Connection ................................................................................................. 46
9.12 Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas ............................................................ 47
9.13 RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation ............................................................................ 48 9.13.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 48 9.13.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 48 9.13.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 48
9.14 RFU-P Antenna Adaptor........................................................................................... 50
9.15 RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation ...................................................................... 51 9.15.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 51 9.15.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 51 9.15.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 51
9.16 RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation........................................... 55 9.16.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 55 9.16.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 55 9.16.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 56 9.16.4 Remote Configurations ............................................................................................. 58
9.16.4.1 2+0/2+2 Installations ................................................................................ 59 9.16.4.2 1+0, Ready for 2+0 ................................................................................... 61
9.17 RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation ............................. 62 9.17.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 62 9.17.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 62 9.17.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 62
9.17.3.1 Connecting the Adaptor Kit to the Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antenna .......... 62 9.17.3.2 Connecting the RFU to the Ericsson Antenna ........................................... 64
9.18 RFU-C External Attenuator Installation ..................................................................... 64 9.18.1 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 64 9.18.2 1+0 Mount Configuration .......................................................................................... 64
9.18.2.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................ 64 9.18.2.2 Procedure ................................................................................................ 64
9.18.3 1+1 Mount Configuration .......................................................................................... 66 9.18.3.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................ 66 9.18.3.2 Procedure ................................................................................................ 66
9.19 RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides ........................................................ 68 9.19.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 68 9.19.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 68
9.19.2.1 6/7/8/10/11 GHz ....................................................................................... 68 9.19.2.2 13/15 GHz ................................................................................................ 69 9.19.2.3 18/23/26/28/38 GHz ................................................................................. 70
9.20 RFU-C – N Adapter Installation ................................................................................ 71 9.20.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 71 9.20.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 71 9.20.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 71
9.21 RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation .............................................................................. 74 9.21.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 74
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 5 of 353
9.21.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 74 9.21.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 74
9.22 RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation .......................................................................... 78 9.22.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 78 9.22.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 78 9.22.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 78
10. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP ........................................................................ 81
10.1 About FibeAir RFU-HP ............................................................................................. 81
10.2 About the FibeAir RFU-HP OCBs ............................................................................. 82 10.2.1 OCB (Older Type) .................................................................................................... 83 10.2.2 New OCB ................................................................................................................. 85
10.3 Installation Notes...................................................................................................... 86 10.3.1 Grounding Notes ...................................................................................................... 86
10.4 OCB (Older Type) Installation ................................................................................... 87 10.4.1 1+0/1+1 Installation .................................................................................................. 87
10.4.1.1 Assembling the RFU and OCB ................................................................. 87 10.4.1.2 Assembling the Hanger Kit ....................................................................... 90 10.4.1.3 Assembling the Pole Mount Kit ................................................................. 91 10.4.1.4 Assembling the Hanger Kit (with RFU and OCB) and Pole Mount Kit ........ 92 10.4.1.5 RFU Cable Connections ........................................................................... 96
10.4.2 2+2 XPIC Installation ................................................................................................ 97 10.4.2.1 Installation Components ........................................................................... 97 10.4.2.2 Installation Procedure ............................................................................... 98
10.4.3 N+1 Split Mount Installation .................................................................................... 100
10.5 Installation Configuration Illustrations ..................................................................... 101 10.5.1 1+0 & 1+0 Space Diversity ..................................................................................... 102 10.5.2 1+1 Hot Standby & 1+1 Hot Standby Space Diversity ............................................. 103 10.5.3 1+1 Frequency Diversity & 1+1 Frequency Diversity + Space Diversity ................... 104 10.5.4 1+1 Space Diversity BBS ....................................................................................... 105 10.5.5 2+0 Dual Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Dual Pole ..................................................... 106 10.5.6 2+0 Single Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Single Pole ................................................ 107 10.5.7 2+2 Hot Standby Dual Pole .................................................................................... 108 10.5.8 2+2 Hot Standby Single Pole .................................................................................. 109 10.5.9 2+2 Space Diversity Dual Pole ............................................................................... 110 10.5.10 2+2 Space Diversity Single Pole ............................................................. 111 10.5.11 2+2 Frequency Diversity Single Pole ...................................................... 112 10.5.12 2+2 Hot Standby Frequency Diversity Dual Pole ..................................... 113 10.5.13 2+2 Frequency Diversity / Space Diversity Dual Pole .............................. 114 10.5.14 N+1 Systems .......................................................................................... 115
10.6 New OCB Installation ............................................................................................. 119 10.6.1 Required Tools for New OCB Installation ................................................................ 119 10.6.2 Special Tools/Materials .......................................................................................... 119
10.7 Pole Installation ...................................................................................................... 120 10.7.1 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 1 ..................................................................... 120 10.7.2 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 2 ..................................................................... 121 10.7.3 RFU Installation...................................................................................................... 122 10.7.4 Housing Assembly and Lifting Harness................................................................... 123 10.7.5 Pole Installation ...................................................................................................... 124 10.7.6 Hanging Positions .................................................................................................. 125
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 6 of 353
10.8 OBN OCB Housing Hanging Procedure .................................................................. 126 10.8.1 RFU Mount ............................................................................................................ 127 10.8.2 Sample New OCB Configurations ........................................................................... 128
10.8.2.1 1+1......................................................................................................... 128 10.8.2.2 1+1 Space Diversity ............................................................................... 129 10.8.2.3 2+1/3+0 Space Diversity ......................................................................... 130 10.8.2.4 4+1/5+0 Space Diversity ......................................................................... 131
10.9 All Indoor Horizontal Placement Installation ............................................................ 132
10.10 Installation in a 19” Rack (open rack/lab rack)......................................................... 133 10.10.1 1+0 Installation ....................................................................................... 133
10.10.1.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 133 10.10.1.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 133
10.10.2 1+0 East-West Installation ...................................................................... 135 10.10.2.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 135 10.10.2.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 136
10.10.3 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) Installation......................................................... 138 10.10.3.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 138 10.10.3.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 139
11. Installing the FibeAir RFU-A .........................................................................142
11.1 Required Tools for RFU-A Installation..................................................................... 142
11.2 Transportation ........................................................................................................ 142
11.3 Packing Inspection ................................................................................................. 142
11.4 System Components .............................................................................................. 143
11.5 Component Part Numbers ...................................................................................... 146
11.6 Chassis Installation Procedure ............................................................................... 148
11.7 Decorative Panel and Branching Drawer Installation ............................................... 150
11.8 Configuring Correct TX and RX Frequency ............................................................. 151 11.8.1 1+0 Configuration ................................................................................................... 151 11.8.2 1+1 HSB Configuration (Upright) ............................................................................ 151 11.8.3 2+0 SP Configuration (Upright) ............................................................................... 151 11.8.4 4+0 SP Configuration ............................................................................................. 152 11.8.5 1+1 SD Configuration ............................................................................................. 152
11.9 Assembling Branching Elements ............................................................................ 153
11.10 Connecting the IF Cable ......................................................................................... 156
11.11 Fan Assembly and Maintenance ............................................................................. 157 11.11.1 Fan Filter Replacement .......................................................................... 158
11.11.1.1 List of items ............................................................................................ 158 11.11.1.2 Removing a Used RFU-A Filter ............................................................... 158 11.11.1.3 Inserting a New Filter Assembly .............................................................. 159
11.12 Assembling the Blank Panel ................................................................................... 160
11.13 Detailed System Configurations.............................................................................. 161 11.13.1 1+0......................................................................................................... 161 11.13.2 1+1HSB (Hot Standby) ........................................................................... 162 11.13.3 2+0 SP (Single Polarization) ................................................................... 163 11.13.4 4+0 SP (Single Polarization) ................................................................... 164
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 7 of 353
11.13.5 2+0 DP (2+0 Dual Polarization) OR 1+1SD-ST (Space Diversity Split Transmitter) ........................................................................................................... 167
11.13.6 2+2 DP (Dual Polarization – Protected)................................................... 169 11.13.7 1+1 SD (Space Diversity) Standard Configuration ................................... 170 11.13.8 East/West Installation – for Every Configuration ...................................... 174 11.13.9 Upgrading from 1+0 to 4+0 SP ............................................................... 176 11.13.10 Upgrading from 1+1 HSB to 2+2 DP ....................................................... 178
12. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP ..............................180
12.1 Remote Mount Installation ...................................................................................... 180
12.2 Installation Components ......................................................................................... 181
12.3 Remote Mount 1+0 Installation ............................................................................... 182 12.3.1 Completed 1+0 Installation ..................................................................................... 187
12.4 Remote Mount 1+1 Installation ............................................................................... 188 12.4.1 Completed 1+1 Installation ..................................................................................... 191
12.5 Direct Mount Installation ......................................................................................... 192 12.5.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems ................................................................................... 192
12.5.1.1 Completed 1+0 Installation ..................................................................... 198 12.5.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems ................................................................................... 199
12.5.2.1 Completed 1+1 Installation ..................................................................... 202
12.6 Direct Mount Installation for 4/6 ft. Nokia Antennas ................................................. 203 12.6.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems ................................................................................... 203
12.6.1.1 Completed Assembly .............................................................................. 207 12.6.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems ................................................................................... 208
12.6.2.1 Completed Assembly .............................................................................. 213
13. Installing the FibeAir RFU-P .........................................................................214
13.1 Before Installing the RFU-P .................................................................................... 214
13.2 Mediation Device Flange Specifications .................................................................. 214
13.3 Required Components and Equipment ................................................................... 215 13.3.1 System Components .............................................................................................. 215 13.3.2 Tools and Equipment ............................................................................................. 215
13.4 Flow of Operations ................................................................................................. 215
13.5 RFU-P Dimensions................................................................................................. 216
13.6 Installing the Antenna and RFU .............................................................................. 217 13.6.1 General .................................................................................................................. 217 13.6.2 Installation Instructions ........................................................................................... 218 13.6.3 Initial Antenna Alignment using the Headset ........................................................... 225 13.6.4 Azimuth Alignment ................................................................................................. 226 13.6.5 Elevation Alignment................................................................................................ 226
13.7 Alignment Verification (checking actual receive level) ............................................. 227
13.8 Final Check ............................................................................................................ 229
13.9 Safety and Grounding ............................................................................................ 230
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 8 of 353
14. Connecting an IDU to an RFU .......................................................................231
15. Initial System Configuration .........................................................................233
15.1 Establishing a Connection with the IDU .................................................................. 235
15.2 Launching the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS) ........................... 236
15.3 Upgrading the IDU Software ................................................................................... 237 15.3.1 Downloading IDU Software Files ............................................................................ 237 15.3.2 Installing the FTP-Server Software ......................................................................... 237 15.3.3 Configuring the FTP Server Software ..................................................................... 237 15.3.4 Launching the FTP Server Software ....................................................................... 241 15.3.5 Installing the Updated IDU Software ....................................................................... 242 15.3.6 Loading a License Key ........................................................................................... 244 15.3.7 Saving IDU Parameters .......................................................................................... 247
15.4 Configuring the Security Settings ............................................................................ 248 15.4.1 Configuring Users .................................................................................................. 249 15.4.2 Configuring Secure Communications Channels ...................................................... 250
15.4.2.1 Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication ...................................... 251 15.4.2.2 Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure) ....................... 252 15.4.2.3 SFTP (Secure FTP) Support ................................................................... 253 15.4.2.4 Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File .............................. 254 15.4.2.5 Generating a security certificate from a CSR file ..................................... 255
15.5 Configuring IDU Management ................................................................................ 257 15.5.1 Configuring the Management Ports ........................................................................ 257 15.5.2 Management in a Nodal Configuration .................................................................... 258 15.5.3 Configuring Out-of-Band Management ................................................................... 258
15.5.3.1 Configuring the Wayside Channel ........................................................... 258 15.5.3.2 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+0 Link.................................................. 260 15.5.3.3 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+1 Link.................................................. 260 15.5.3.4 Nodal Configuration ................................................................................ 261
15.5.4 Configuring In-Band Management .......................................................................... 261 15.5.4.1 Configuring In-Band Management in a 1+1 Link ...................................... 262 15.5.4.2 In-Band Management in Nodal Configurations ........................................ 264 15.5.4.3 GbE In-Band management in a node ...................................................... 266 15.5.4.4 In-Band Management Isolation in Single Pipe Mode ............................... 266
15.6 Configuring the Radio Parameters .......................................................................... 268 15.6.1 Configuring the radio parameters of the local IDU ................................................... 268 15.6.2 Configuring the radio parameters of the remote IDU ............................................... 269 15.6.3 Configuring the Radio Threshold ............................................................................ 270 15.6.4 Selecting a Radio Script and Configuring ACM ....................................................... 271
15.6.4.1 Available Radio Scripts ........................................................................... 271 15.6.4.2 Selecting a Radio Script in Regular (non-ACM) Mode ............................. 273 15.6.4.3 Selecting an ACM Script ......................................................................... 274
15.6.5 Activating an Asymmetrical Script ........................................................................... 275
15.7 Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode ............................................................... 276 15.7.1 Switch Configurations Overview ............................................................................. 276 15.7.2 Single Pipe Switch Configuration ............................................................................ 277 15.7.3 Managed and Metro switch configuration ................................................................ 277
15.8 Configuring Ethernet Interfaces .............................................................................. 279 15.8.1 Configuring a Single Pipe Port ................................................................................ 279 15.8.2 Configuring a Managed Switch or Metro Switch Port............................................... 281
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 9 of 353
16. Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options ............................283
16.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB ............................................................................................. 283 16.1.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System ............................... 283 16.1.2 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System................................ 288 16.1.3 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System ........................................ 291 16.1.4 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System ........................................ 296
16.2 Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS) .................................................................. 299
16.3 Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS) ............................................................ 300
16.4 Configuring 2+0 ...................................................................................................... 301
16.5 Configuring 2+2 HSB ............................................................................................. 302
16.6 Configuring XPIC ................................................................................................... 304 16.6.1 Conditions for XPIC ................................................................................................ 304 16.6.2 Antenna and RFU Installation ................................................................................. 304
16.6.2.1 IDU-RFU Cable Installation ..................................................................... 305 16.6.2.2 Antenna Alignment ................................................................................. 305 16.6.2.3 Polarization Alignment ............................................................................ 305
16.6.3 Displaying XPI Values ............................................................................................ 305
16.7 Configuring Multi Radio .......................................................................................... 307
16.8 Changing from 1+1 to 2+2 ...................................................................................... 308 16.8.1 Replacing Slave Units (Extensions) ........................................................................ 308 16.8.2 Replacing a Standby Master Unit ........................................................................... 309
16.9 Configuring Multi-Unit LAG ..................................................................................... 310
17. Acceptance and Commissioning Procedures .............................................313
17.1 Site Acceptance Procedure .................................................................................... 314
17.2 Site Acceptance Checklist Notes ............................................................................ 317 17.2.1 Antenna Mounting .................................................................................................. 317 17.2.2 Antenna ................................................................................................................. 318 17.2.3 RFU (Radio Frequency Unit) .................................................................................. 318
17.3 IDU (Indoor Unit) .................................................................................................... 318
17.4 1+0 Commissioning Procedure ............................................................................... 319 17.4.1 Commissioning Test ............................................................................................... 319
17.4.1.1 Link Verification ...................................................................................... 319 17.4.1.2 Line Interfaces Test ................................................................................ 319 17.4.1.3 Interoperability Verification...................................................................... 319 17.4.1.4 Management Verification ........................................................................ 320 17.4.1.5 Loopback Operation ............................................................................... 320
17.5 1+1 Commissioning Procedure ............................................................................... 321 17.5.1 Commissioning Tests ............................................................................................. 321
17.5.1.1 Link Verification ...................................................................................... 321 17.5.1.2 Line Interfaces Test ................................................................................ 321 17.5.1.3 Switching Tests ...................................................................................... 322 17.5.1.4 Interoperability Verification...................................................................... 322 17.5.1.5 Management Verification ........................................................................ 323
17.6 2+0 XPIC Commissioning Procedure...................................................................... 324 17.6.1 XPIC Commissioning Tests .................................................................................... 324
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 10 of 353
17.6.1.1 Individual Link Verification ...................................................................... 324 17.6.1.2 XPIC Configuration Verification ............................................................... 324 17.6.1.3 XPIC Recovery Test ............................................................................... 324 17.6.1.4 XPIC Link Verification ............................................................................. 325
17.7 FibeAir IP-10 Commissioning Log .......................................................................... 326
18. Appendix A: Line Interfaces .........................................................................330
18.1 Main Channel Interfaces......................................................................................... 330
18.2 Wayside Channel Interface..................................................................................... 332
18.3 Protection Channel Interface .................................................................................. 332
18.4 Management Channel Interface.............................................................................. 332
18.5 Order Wire Channel Interface ................................................................................. 333
18.6 User Channel Interface........................................................................................... 333
19. Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs .................................................................334
19.1 External Alarms Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................ 334
19.2 Protection/Wayside/Management Connector Pin-Out ............................................. 335
19.3 Power Connector Pin-Out ....................................................................................... 335
19.4 16 x E1/DS1Connector ........................................................................................... 336
19.5 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector Pin-Out ............................................................... 338
19.6 Ethernet 10/100 Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................ 339
19.7 User Channel Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................... 339
19.8 Craft Terminal Connector Pin-Out........................................................................... 340
20. Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement .............................................................341
21. Appendix D: CLI Overview ............................................................................342
21.1 Access Rights ........................................................................................................ 342
21.2 Getting Started ....................................................................................................... 342
21.3 Getting Help ........................................................................................................... 343
21.4 Basic Commands ................................................................................................... 343
21.5 Setting IP Addresses .............................................................................................. 344
21.6 Finding Commands ................................................................................................ 344
21.7 Command Example ................................................................................................ 345
21.8 Viewing the Command Tree ................................................................................... 346
21.9 Command Groups .................................................................................................. 351
21.10 Management .......................................................................................................... 352
21.11 Platform ................................................................................................................. 353
21.12 Radio ..................................................................................................................... 353
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 11 of 353
Safety Precautions & Declared Material
General Equipment Precautions
Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified herein, may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
When working with a FibeAir IDU, note the following risk of electric shock and energy hazard: Disconnecting one power supply disconnects only one power supply module. To isolate the unit completely, disconnect all power supplies.
Machine noise information order - 3. GPSGV, the highest sound pressure level amounts to 70 dB (A) or less, in accordance with ISO EN 7779.
Static electricity may cause body harm, as well as harm to electronic components inside the device.
Anyone responsible for the installation or maintenance of the FibeAir IDU must use an ESD Wrist Strap.
ESD protection measures must be observed when touching the IDU.
To prevent damage, before touching components inside the device, all electrostatic must be discharged from both personnel and tools.
In Norway and Sweden:
Equipment connected to the protective earthing of the building installation through the mains connection or through other equipment with a connection to protective earthing – and to a cable distribution system using coaxial cable, may in some circumstances create a fire hazard. Connection to a cable distribution system has therefore to be provided through a device providing electrical isolation below a certain frequency range (galvanic isolator, see EN 60728-11).
Utstyr som er koplet til beskyttelsesjord via nettplugg og/eller via annet jordtilkoplet utstyr – og er tilkoplet et kabel-TV nett, kan forårsake brannfare. For å unngå dette skal det ved tilkopling av utstyret til kabel-TV nettet installeres en galvanisk isolator mellom utstyret og kabel- TV nettet.
Utrustning som är kopplad till skyddsjord via jordat vägguttag och/eller via annan utrustning och samtidigt är kopplad till kabel-TV nät kan i vissa fall medfőra risk főr brand. Főr att undvika detta skall vid anslutning av utrustningen till kabel-TV nät galvanisk isolator finnas mellan utrustningen och kabel-TV nätet.
!!
!!
!!
!!
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 12 of 353
Précautions générales relatives à l'équipement
L’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou l'exécution de procédures autres que celles spécifiées dans les présentes peut engendrer une exposition dangereuse aux rayonnements.
L’usage de FibeAir IDU s’accompagne du risque suivant d'électrocution et de danger électrique : le débranchement d'une alimentation électrique ne déconnecte qu'un module d'alimentation électrique. Pour isoler complètement l'unité, il faut débrancher toutes les alimentations électriques.
Bruit de machine d’ordre - 3. GPSGV, le plus haut niveau de pression sonore s'élève à 70 dB (A) au maximum, dans le respect de la norme ISO EN 7779.
Allgemeine Vorsichtsmaßnahmen für die Anlage
Wenn andere Steuerelemente verwendet, Einstellungen vorgenommen oder Verfahren durchgeführt werden als die hier angegebenen, kann dies gefährliche Strahlung verursachen.
Beachten Sie beim Arbeiten mit FibeAir IDU das folgende Stromschlag- und Gefahrenrisiko: Durch Abtrennen einer Stromquelle wird nur ein Stromversorgungsmodul abgetrennt. Um die Einheit vollständig zu isolieren, trennen Sie alle Stromversorgungen ab.
Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung - 3. GPSGV, der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A) oder weniger gemäß EN ISO 7779.
!!
!!
!!
!!
!!
!!
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 13 of 353
RoHS Compliance Declaration
Electronic Information Products Declaration of Hazardous/Toxic Substances
Component
Hazardous Substance
Lead
(Pb)
Mercury
(Hg)
Cadmium
(Cd)
Hexavalent
Chromium
(Cr VI)
Polybrominated
Biphenyls (PBB)
Polybrominated
Diphenyl Ethers
(PBDE)
PCB/Circuit
Modules Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply
Mechanical Parts Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply
Cables Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 14 of 353
1. About This Guide
This guide describes the installation procedures for an IP-10 system using an IP-10 G-Series IDU and any of the supported RFUs. This guide also provides additional information concerning system configuration and verification once the installation is complete.
2. What You Should Know
An IP-10 system includes one or more FibeAir IP-10 G-Series or E-Series IDUs and any of several types of Ceragon RFUs. This manual provides instructions for the installation of a complete IP-10 system, including an IP-10 G-Series or E-Series IDU and an RFU.
3. Target Audience
This guide contains technical information about installation of an IP-10 system, and is intended for use by personnel of all levels certified by Ceragon personnel such as system engineers, technicians, or supervisors.
4. Related Documents FibeAir IP-10 Product Description
FibeAir IP-10 License Management System - DOC-00019183
FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688
FibeAir CeraBuild Commission Reports Guide, DOC-00028133
FibeAir RFU-HP Product Description
FibeAir RFU-HP Installation Guide - DOC-00015514
FibeAir RFU-C Product Description
FibeAir RFU-C Installation Guide - DOC-00017708
FibeAir RFU-A Product Description
FibeAir RFU-HS Product Description
FibeAir RFU-HS Installation Guide - DOC-00022617
FibeAir RFU-SP Product Description
FibeAir RFU-SP Installation Guide - DOC-00015515
RFU-P Installation Guide - DOC-00015520
FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide – DOC-00023199
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 15 of 353
5. Section Summary
This manual includes the following sections:
Section Summary
Section Summary of Contents
Preparing for Installation Provides guidelines for transporting, inspecting, and unpacking the
equipment for an IP-10 system.
Installing the IDU Provides instructions for installing IDU units, including instructions for rack
and nodal configurations, and special instructions for 1+1, 2+0, and 2+2
configurations.
RFU Overview Describes the Ceragon RFU models that can be used in an IP-10 system,
including a comparison guide.
Installing the FibeAir RFU-C Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-C units.
Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-HP units.
Installing the FibeAir RFU-A Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-A units.
Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and
the FibeAir RFU-SP
Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-HS and FibeAir RFU-SP
units.
Installing the FibeAir RFU-P Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-P units.
Connecting an IDU to an RFU Provides instructions for connecting an IDU to an RFU.
Initial System Configuration Describes the basic configuration steps for an IP-10 radio link, including how
to connect a PC or laptop to the IDU and launch Ceragon Web-Based
Management, upgrade the IDU software, activate the license key, and
configure basic IDU parameters.
Special Instructions for Specific
Configuration Options
Provides additional instructions for specific configurations, including 1+1
HSB, 2+2 HSB, Space Diversity, Frequency Diversity, XPIC, and Multi-
Radio.
Acceptance and Commissioning
Procedures
Provides Ceragon's recommended Acceptance and Commissioning
Procedure for a FibeAir IP-10 system, to be performed after initial setup is
complete.
Appendix A: Line Interfaces Describes the FibeAir main channel, wayside channel, and order wire
channel interfaces.
Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs Provides pin-outs for FibeAir IDU connectors.
Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement Explains how to replace the fan tray in an IP-10 IDU.
Appendix D: CLI Overview Provides basic instructions for using the Command Line Interface (CLI).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 16 of 353
6. Preparing for Installation
This section provides instructions for transporting, inspecting, and unpacking the equipment for an IP-10 system prior to installation.
6.1 Packing
The equipment is packed at the factory, and sealed moisture-absorbing bags are inserted.
6.2 Transportation
The equipment is prepared for public transportation. The cargo must be kept dry during transportation, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-2, Class 2.3.
It is recommended to transport the equipment to the installation site in its original packing case.
If intermediate storage is required, the packed equipment must be stored in dry and cool conditions and out of direct sunlight, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-1, Class 1.2.
6.3 Inspection
Check the packing lists, and ensure that the correct part numbers and quantities of components arrived.
6.4 Unpacking Equipment at the Site
A single FibeAir system (1+0) is shipped in 5 crates. Upon delivery, make sure that the following items are included:
Two indoor units (IDUs) and accessories
Two radio frequency units (RFUs)
One CD with a Web-Based Manager User Guide.
Note: If you ordered the PolyView™ Network Management System, the package should also include a PolyView User Guide.
Unpack the contents and check for damaged or missing parts. If any part is damaged or missing, contact your local Ceragon distributor.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 17 of 353
7. Installing the IDU
This section provides instructions for installing a FibeAir IP-10 IDU at a customer site.
Note: For full functionality and feature availability, upgrade the IDU to the latest released software version. You can obtain the latest software version and release notes at Ceragon’s FTP site. For access to the site, contact [email protected]. For additional details, refer to Initial System Configuration on page 233.
7.1 Required Tools for IDU Installation
The following tools are required to install an IDU:
Philips screwdriver (for mounting the IDU to the rack and grounding screw)
Flathead small screwdriver (for PSU connector)
Sharp cutting knife (for wire stripping)
Crimping tool for ground cable lug crimping (optional: if alternative grounding cable is used).
7.2 Cables
In addition to the tools mentioned above, the interface connectors and their pin-outs are described in the following sections in this guide:
Appendix A: Line Interfaces
Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs
7.3 Special Requirements for North America
Restricted Access Area: DC powered equipment should only be installed in a Restricted Access Area.
Installation Codes: The equipment must be installed according to country national electrical codes. For North America, equipment must be installed in accordance to the US National Electrical Code, Articles 110-16, 110-17 and 110-18, and the Canadian Electrical Code, Section 12.
Overcurrent Protection: A readily accessible Listed branch circuit overcurrent protective device, rated 15 A, must be incorporated in the building wiring.
CAUTION: This equipment is designed to permit connection between the earthed conductor of the DC supply circuit and the earthing conductor at the equipment.
Grounded Supply System: The equipment shall be connected to a properly grounded supply system. All equipment in the immediate vicinity shall be grounded the same way, and shall not be grounded elsewhere.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 18 of 353
Local Supply System: The DC supply system is to be local, i.e. within the same premises as the equipment.
Disconnect Device: A disconnect device is not allowed in the grounded circuit between the DC supply source and the frame/grounded circuit connection.
7.4 Site Requirements
Must be located indoors.
The environment temperature must be between -5 C and +45 C.
Easily accessible, but only by authorized personnel.
Available power source of -48 VDC, and the site must comply with National Electric Code (NEC) standards.
Available management connection (Ethernet or dial-up).
No more than 300 m from RFU location.
In addition, since the IDU will be connected to the RFU, when considering a site, it is important to check for current and future obstacles on the roof or tower. Possible future obstacles may include trees, new buildings, window cleaners on the roof, and snow that may accumulate in front of the antenna. The site should be accessible, but only by certified personnel.
Note about Heat Dissipation: The IP-10 IDU overall heat dissipation is 25W max (~85 BTU/h). The RFU heat dissipation is 100W max.
Note about Antenna Location: As with any type of construction, a local permit may be required before installing an antenna. It is the owner’s responsibility to obtain any and all permits.
7.4.1 IDU Dimensions
The following illustration shows the dimensions (in millimeters) of the FibeAir IP-10 IDU.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 19 of 353
7.5 Configuration Options
IP-10 can be installed in a standalone or a nodal configuration. The nodal configuration adds a backplane, which is required for certain functionality such as the TDM Cross-Connect and XPIC.
For instructions on installing an IP-10 IDU in a standalone configuration, refer to Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack on page 19.
For instructions on installing an IP-10 IDU in a nodal configuration, refer to Installing the IDU in a Nodal on page 20.
7.6 Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack
WARNING!
The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or exposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
The FibeAir IP-10 IDU can be installed in a standard 19" ETSI rack as shown in the following illustration.
As shown in the illustration, four screws, supplied with the installation kit, are used to secure the IDU to the rack.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 20 of 353
7.7 Installing the IDU in a Nodal Enclosure
Each IP-10 IDU in a nodal configuration operates as either the main unit or an extension unit. The IDU’s role is determined by its position in the nodal enclosure, with the lowest unit in the enclosure (Unit Number 1) always serving as the main unit.
The main unit performs the following functions:
Provides a central controller for management
Provides radio and line interfaces
Extension units provide radio and line interfaces, and are accessed through the main unit.
7.7.1 Nodal Enclosure Design
Two types of shelves are available for a nodal configuration:
Main Nodal Enclosure – Each node must have a main nodal enclosure, which can hold two IP-10 IDUs.
Extension Nodal Enclosure –Up to two extension nodal enclosures can be stacked on top of the main nodal enclosure. Each extension nodal enclosure can contain two IP-10 IDUs.
Main Nodal Enclosure
Extension Nodal Enclosure
Each nodal enclosure includes a backplane. The rear panel of an IP-10 IDU includes an extra connector for connection to the backplane. The following interfaces are implemented through the backplane:
Multi-Radio
Protection
XPIC
IP-10 IDUs are hot-swappable, and additional extension nodal enclosures and IDUs can be added in the field as required, without affecting traffic.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 21 of 353
7.7.2 List of Kits Needed to Install an IDU in a Nodal Configuration
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 I+MAIN ENCLOSURE 1
2 I+EXPANSION ENCLOSURE In accordance with configuration Optional
3* I+BLANK In accordance with configuration Optional
4 IP-10 G-Series IDU In accordance with configuration
* Note that item #3, I+BLANK, is a blank panel that must be installed in each enclosure slot that is not occupied by an IDU.
7.7.3 Procedure for IDU Installation in a Nodal Configuration
1 Install the IP-10 I+Main Enclosure
in the 19 inch rack using 4 screws.
2 If an expansion enclosure is
required, install the IP-10
I+Expansion Enclosure above the
IP-10 I+Main Enclosure, by sliding
it down.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 22 of 353
3 Fasten the 2 screws at the back of
the IP-10 I+Expansion Enclosure.
4 Install the IP-10 I+Main Enclosure
in the 19 inch rack using 4 screws.
5 If an additional expansion
enclosure is required, perform
steps 2-4 again with the second
IP-10 I+Expansion Enclosure.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 23 of 353
6 Remove the two 19” brackets
mounted on the IP-10 IDU by
unscrewing the 3 screws at each
side.
7 Install the two special 19" brackets
on the IP-10 IDU supplied with the
enclosure kit.
Warning! The 19” ears should be removed from the IP-10 IDU and replaced with the special ears that are used to fasten the IP-10 IDU to the main nodal enclosure (the XC chassis). If this is not done, the unit will not be 100% plugged into the backplane and you may encounter incomprehensible errors.
8 Slide the IDU into the enclosure
and tighten it using 2 screws.
Repeat this step for any additional
IDUs in your configuration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 24 of 353
9 If there are any empty slots in your
configuration, slide the IP-10
I+Blank panel into the enclosure,
and tighten it using 2 screws.
10 In accordance with the
configuration, remove the IP-10 T-
Card blank panel from the IDU, by
releasing 2 side screws.
11 In accordance with the
configuration, insert the IP-10 T-
Card panel into the IDU sliders,
and tighten it using 2 side screws.
Note If you remove the T-Card, the T-Card blank needs to be put back in the slot.
Important! For the warranty to be honored, install the unit in accordance with the instructions above.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 25 of 353
7.8 Grounding the IDU and Electrical Information
The following illustration shows how the IDU is grounded to the rack.
IDU Grounding Notes
The IDU is suitable for installation in a Common Bonding Network (CBN).
Only copper wire should be used.
The wire must be at least 14 AWG.
Connector and connection surfaces must be plated. Bare conductors must be coated with antioxidant before crimp connections are made to the screws.
FibeAir provides a ground for each IDU, via a one-hole mounted lug onto a single-point stud. The stud must be installed using a UL-listed ring tongue terminal, and two star washers for anti-rotation.
For antenna ports, lightning protection is used that does not permit transients of a greater magnitude than the following:
Open Circuit: 1.2-50us 600V
Short Circuit: 8-20us 300A
The ampacity of the conductor connecting the IDU frame to the DC return conductor is equal to, or greater than, the ampacity of the associated DC return conductor.
1 On the IDU, connect a grounding wire to the single point stud below the IDU-RFU interface (using the single screw with two washers), and, at its other end, to the rack.
Single Point Stud
Grounding
Wire
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 26 of 353
2 Connect the power cable to the IDU power connector, and at the other end to the power source.
Note: Connecting the power cable to a live power source will cause the IDU to be powered on.
Important! Make sure to use a circuit breaker to protect the circuit from damage by short or overload.
Power Supply Notes
When selecting a power source, the following must be considered:
DC power can be from -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC.
Recommended: Availability of a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Source), battery backup, and emergency power generator.
Whether or not the power source provides constant power (i.e., power is secured on weekends or is shut off frequently and consistently).
The power supply must have grounding points on the AC and DC sides.
Caution!
The user power supply GND must be connected to the positive pole in the IDU power supply. Any other connection may cause damage to the system!
Power supply grounding should be in accordance with the following illustration:
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 27 of 353
7.8.1 Dual DC Feed
The dual feed IDU supports two DC inputs for power redundancy. Each input can be connected to a separate power source. The lower input is numbered 1, and the upper is numbered 2.
Each input can receive voltage in the range of -40.5Vto -60V.
Each power input has a dedicated LED on the front panel which indicates if that input is receiving adequate power. This means that the LED will be off when the input voltage is below -40.5V (absolute value).
In addition, the IDU raises an alarm when the power input is below the minimal level (one alarm per power input). You can mask this alarm using the CLI. This option can be used if you choose to connect only one power input and do not want a permanent alarm in the system.
The power input connectors have built-in screws. Appropriate DC cables should be used, and the screws should be fastened.
Dual Feed
Connectors
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 28 of 353
8. RFU Overview
This section provides an overview of the radio frequency units (RFUs) that you can install as part of an IP-10 system. Ceragon's RFUs were designed with sturdiness, power, simplicity, and compatibility in mind. These advanced systems provide high-power transmission for short and long distances and can be assembled and installed quickly and easily. Any of the RFUs described in this section can be used in an IP-10 system.
FibeAir RFUs deliver the maximum capacity over 3.5-56 MHz channels with configurable modulation schemes from QPSK to 256QAM. The RFU supports low to high capacities for traditional voice, mission critical and for emerging Ethernet services, with any mix of interfaces, pure Ethernet, pure TDM or hybrid Ethernet and TDM interfaces (Native2).
High spectral efficiency is ensured using the same bandwidth for double the capacity, via a single carrier, with vertical and horizontal polarizations. This feature is implemented by a built-in Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC) mechanism.
An IP-10 system can use the following RFUs:
Standard Power
FibeAir RFU-C
FibeAir RFU-SP
FibeAir RFU-P
High Power
FibeAir 1500HP
FibeAir RFU-HP
FibeAir RFU-A
FibeAir RFU-HS
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 29 of 353
8.1 RFU Selection Guide
The following table can be used to help you select the RFU that is appropriate to your location.
For the 13-38 GHz frequency range, use FibeAir RFU-C
For the low frequencies please refer to the options below:
Note: RFU-P and RSP-SP are generally not recommended for new installations. RFU-C will generally be a more appropriate standard-power option.
RFU Selection Guide
Character RFU-C (6 – 38GHz)
1500HP (6 – 11GHz)
RFU-HP
(6 – 11GHz)
RFU-A
(5.8 Unlicensed, 6- 11GHz)
RFU-HS (6 – 8GHz)
RFU-SP (6 – 8GHz)
RFU-P
(11 – 38GHz)
Installation Type
Split Mount √ √ √ -- √ √ √
All-Indoor -- √ √ √ -- √ √
Space Diversity
Method SD (BBS/IFC) BBS BBS + IFC BBS BBS BBS BBS BBS
Frequency
Diversity FD -- √ √ -- -- -- --
Configuration
1+0/2+0/1+1/2+2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
N+1 -- √ √ -- -- -- --
N+0 ( N>2) -- √ √ √ -- -- --
Tx Power (dBm)
High Power
(up to 29 dBm) -- √ √ √ √ --
--
Ultra High Power
(up to 32 dBm) -- √ √ √ -- -- --
RFU Mounting Direct Mount
Antenna √ -- -- -- √ √
√
Bandwidth
(BW)
3.5MHz – 56 MHz √ -- √ √ -- -- --
10 MHz – 30 MHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √
56 MHz √ -- √ √ √ √ √
Power Saving
Mode
Adjustable Power
Consumption -- -- √ √ -- -- --
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 30 of 353
9. Installing the FibeAir RFU-C
This section describes the basic types of RFU-C installations, including:
1+0 Direct Mount Installation
1+1 Direct Mount Installation
1+0 Remote Mount Installation
1+1 Remote Mount Installation
This section also describes the following items and procedures:
Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses
Antenna Connection
Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas
RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation
RFU-P Antenna Adaptor
RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation
RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation
RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation
RFU-C External Attenuator Installation
RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides
RFU-C – N Adapter Installation
RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation
RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation
9.1 List of Items
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C RADIO 1 or 2 1 for 1+0 configurations.
2 for 1+1 configurations
2 RFU-C POLE MOUNT KIT 1 For Remote Mount
3 RFU-C REMOTE MOUNT ADAPTOR 1 For Remote Mount 6-13 GHz
4 RFU-C COUPLER KIT 1 For 1+1 Configuration
5 RFU-C TWIST KIT 1 For 1+1 Direct Mount
6 RFU-C FLEXIBLE WG KIT 1 For 1+1 Remote Mount
9.2 Required Tools
The following tools are required for the RFU-C installation:
Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6
Phillips #2 screwdriver
In addition, a 1+1 configuration requires the following:
Metric offset hexagon key wrench #2.5 and #3
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 31 of 353
9.3 Installation Components
The following figures show the main components involved in the installation procedures.
RFU-C
Coupler Holder with Coupler V/H Twist
Remote Pole Mount Kit
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 32 of 353
9.4 Component Part Numbers
Ceragon P/N
Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet
Ippon Coupler Kit MK-4001-0 MK-4002-0 MK-4003-0 MK-4004-0 MK-4005-0 MK-4006-0 MK-4007-0 MK-4008-0 MK-4009-0 MK-40010-0 MK-40011-0 BM-0183-0
Ippon Remote Mount Kit MK-4000-0
Ippon Adaptor Remote
Mount Kit
MK-4055-0 MK-4056-0 MK-4057-0 MK-4058-0 BM-0141-0
Ippon WG Kit MK-4012-0 MK-4013-0 MK-4014-0 MK-4015-0 MK-4016-0 MK-4017-0 MK-4018-0
Ippon Twist Kit MK-4020-0 MK-4021-0 MK-4022-0 MK-4023-0 MK-4024-0 MK-4025-0 MK-4026-0 MK-4027-0 MK-4028-0 MK-4029-0 MK-4030-0 BM-0183-0
Ippon-Phosphorus DM
Adaptor Kit
MK-4075-0 MK-4076-0 MK-4077-0 MK-4078-0 MK-4079-0 MK-4080-0 MK-4081-0 MK-4082-0 MK-4083-0 BM-0142-0
Ippon Adaptor Kit to
Imperial Ant.
MK-4047-0 MK-4040-0 MK-4048-0 MK-4049-0 MK-4042-0 MK-4044-0 MK-4046-0
Ippon Adaptor Kit to Imp
WG
MK-4084-0 MK-4041-0 MK-4085-0 MK-4086-0 MK-4043-0 MK-4045-0 MK-4087-0 BM-0182-0
Ippon OMT Kit MK-4060-0 MK-4061-0 MK-4062-0 MK-4063-0 MK-4064-0 MK-4065-0 MK-4066-0 MK-4067-0 MK-4068-0 MK-4069-0 MK-4070-0 BM-0140-0
Ippon-NSN Adaptor Kit MK-4088- MK-4089-0 MK-4090-0 MK-4091-0 MK-4092-0 BM-0144-0
Ippon Adaptors OMT Kit MK-4110-0 MK-4111-0 MK-4112-0 BM-0140-0
Ippon Short OMT Kit MK-4100-0 MK-4101-0 MK-4102-0 MK-4103-0 MK-4104-0 MK-4105-0 MK-4106-0 BM-0140-0
Ippon 19in Mounting Kit MK-4130-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 33 of 353
Ceragon P/N
Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet
External 20dB
Attenuator
MK-4151-X BM-0167-0
RFU-C Cap for Captive
Screws Kit
RFU-C - NEC Adaptor
Kit
MK-4170-0 MK-4171-0 BM-0169-0
RFU-C - Ericsson
Adaptor Kit
MK-4120-0 MK-4121-0 MK-4122-0 MK-4125-0 MK-4123-0 MK-4124-0 BM-0145-0
RFU-C - SRAL
(Siemens) Adaptor Kit
MK-4161-0 MK-4162-0 MK-4163-0 MK-4164-0 MK-4165-0 BM-0166-0
Ippon Remote Mount Kit
For Circulator
MK-4190-0
Ippon Circulator Kit MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 BM-0
Ippon 3db Coupler Kit MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 BM-0
RFU-C - Ericsson Rau1
Adaptor Kit
Humidity Absorbing AA-0060-0 3
Polyethylene Bag
Zipper
AA-0072-0 1
Antistatic Polyethylene AA-0076-0 1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 34 of 353
Ceragon P/N
Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet
White label+ Adhesive BS-0089-0 1
Washer, Helical Spring JC-0055-0 3
Screw, Sock Hex Head
Cap
JA-0211-0 3
Oring for UBR84 AA-0357-X 1
Ippon To Eric.Coul Conf MA-1198-X 1
Screw,Philips Flat
Head,
JA-0251-0 4
RFU-C Adaptor to
Ericsson
BM-0XXX-0 1
Carton PAC Ippon
Ericsson
GB-0112-0 1
Foam Right Ippon
Ericsson
GN-0130-0 1
Foam Left Ippon GN-0131-0 1
Ippon TO Ericsson
Antenna
MA-1188-X MA-1139-1 MA-1161-0 1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 35 of 353
9.5 Marketing Models
WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
Description 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C COUPLER KIT MK-4001-0 (MK-4002-0) MK-4003-0 MK-4004-0 MK-4005-0 MK-4006-0 MK-4007-0 MK-4008-0 MK-4009-0 MK-4010-0 MK-4011-0
RFU-C TWIST KIT MK-4020-0 MK-4021-0 MK-4022-0 MK-4023-0 MK-4024-0 MK-4025-0 MK-4026-0 MK-4027-0 MK-4028-0 MK-4029-0 MK-4030-0
RFU-C OMT KIT MK-4060-0 MK-4061-0 MK-4062-0 MK-4063-0 MK-4064-0 MK-4065-0 MK-4066-0 MK-4067-0 MK-4068-0 MK-4069-0 MK-4070-0
RFU-C ADAPTORS
OMT KIT MK-4110-0 MK-4111-0 MK-4112-0 NA
RFU-C SHORT OMT
KIT MK-4100-0 MK-4101-0 MK-4102-0 MK-4103-0 MK-4104-0 MK-4105-0 MK-4106-0
Remote Mount 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C REMOTE
MOUNT KIT MK-4000-0
RFU-C ADAPTOR
REMOTE MOUNT KIT MK-4055-0 MK-4056-0 MK-4057-0 MK-4058-0
RFU-C WG Kit MK-4012-0 MK-4013-0 MK-4014-0 MK-4015-0 MK-4016-0 MK-4017-1 MK-4018-1
1500P adaptors 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C-PHOSPHORUS
DM ADAPTOR KIT
MK-4075-0 MK-4076-0 MK-4077-0 MK-4078-0 MK-4079-0 MK-4080-0 MK-4081-0 MK-4082-0 MK-4083-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 36 of 353
WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
Imperial to mm
Transitions 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C ADAPTOR KIT
TO IMPERIAL ANT. MK-4047-0 MK-4040-0 MK-4048-0 MK-4049-0 MK-4042-0 MK-4044-0 MK-4046-0
RFU-C ADAPTOR KIT
TO IMP WG MK-4084-0 MK-4041-0 MK-4085-0 MK-4086-0 MK-4043-0 MK-4045-0 MK-4087-0
Other Vendors
Antennas 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C - NEC Adaptor
kit
MK-4170-0 MK-4171-0
RFU-C - ERICSSON
Adaptor kit (RAU2)
MK-4120-0
MK-4121-0 MK-4122-0 MK-4125-0 MK-4123-0 MK-4124-0
RFU-C - SRAL
(SIEMENS) Adaptor kit
MK-4161-0
MK-4162-0 MK-4163-0 MK-4164-0 MK-4165-0
RFU-C-NSN ADAPTOR
KIT
MK-4088-0
MK-4089-0 MK-4090-0 MK-4091-0
MK-4092-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 37 of 353
WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320
Unique Installations
and Accessories 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz
RFU-C 19in
MOUNTING KIT MK-4130-0
RFU-C External 20dB
Attenuator
MK-4151-X
RFU-C REMOTE
MOUNT KIT FOR
CIRCULATOR MK-4190-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 38 of 353
9.6 1+0 Direct Mount Installation
To install the RFU-C in a direct mount 1+0 configuration:
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
1 If necessary, change the antenna polarization by rotating the RFU-C in accordance with the relevant antenna installation guide.
Vertical Pole Horizontal Pole
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 39 of 353
2 Mount the RFU-C on the antenna using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
Note: Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the RFU-C is correct.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 40 of 353
9.7 1+1 Direct Mount Installation
In 1+1 direct mount installation, the RFU-C is attached to a coupler. To install an RFU-C in a direct mount 1+1 configuration:
Notes: For 15 and 18 GHz frequencies, two O-Rings are supplied in the Twist kit and should be mounted in the twist grooves.
For 6 GHz frequency, a gasket is used instead of an O-Ring. The gasket should be mounted between the twist and the RFU-C Coupler kit.
1 Mount the twist to the coupler using the O-Ring and four screws supplied in the Twist kit, and tighten the screws.
Important: Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the twist to the coupler is according to the antenna polarization.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 41 of 353
2 Mount the coupler radio on the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.
3 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, as shown in the following figures.
4 Mount the RFU-C to the body of the coupler using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 42 of 353
9.8 1+0 Remote Mount Installation
1 For 6-13 GHz installations only, mount the RFU-C remote adaptor and O-Ring to the pole mount using the four flat M5 screws supplied in the RFU-C Remote Mount Adaptor kit, and tighten the screws.
2 Mount the RFU-C to the pole mount using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
3 Place the O-Ring in the flexible waveguide flange groove. 4 Place the O-Ring in the other end of the flexible waveguide flange groove.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 43 of 353
5 Mount the flexible waveguide on the antenna, and tighten the screws and washers.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 44 of 353
9.9 1+1 Remote Mount Installation
In 1+1 remote mount installation, the RFU-C is attached to a coupler. To install an RFU-C in a remote mount 1+1 configuration:
1 Mount the RFU-C coupler to the RFU-C pole mount bracket using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.
2 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the Coupler kit, according to the Coupler kit instructions.
3 Mount the RFU-C on the body of the coupler using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 45 of 353
4 Place the O-Ring in the flexible waveguide flange groove. 5 Mount the flexible waveguide on the coupler, and tighten the screws and
washers. 6 Place the O-Ring in the other end of the flexible waveguide flange groove. 7 Mount the flexible waveguide on the antenna, and tighten the screws and
washers.
9.10 Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses
Configuration Mount Path
Per Terminal Losses (dB)
6-8 GHz
11 GHz
13-15 GHz
18 GHz
23-32 GHz
38 GHz
1+0 Direct - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Remote - 0.5 0.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5
1+1 HSB
Direct
Main-Main 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.8
Sec-Main,
Main-Sec 6 6 6 6 6 6
Remote
Main-Main 1.9 1.9 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.3
Sec-Main,
Main-Sec 6.5 6.5 7.2 7.5 7.5 7.5
2+0 XPIC Remote - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Notes: The antenna interface is always the RFU-C interface.
If other antennas are to be used, an adaptor with a 0.1 dB loss should be considered.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 46 of 353
Item Loss (dB)
6-8 GHz 11 GHz 13-15 GHz 18-32 GHz 38 GHz
Flexible Waveguide 0.5 0.5 1.2 1.5 1.5
Main Coupler 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5
Secondary Coupler 6 6 6 6 6
Twist 0 0 0 0 0
Note: The numbers above are typical losses per component.
9.11 Antenna Connection
RFU-C uses Andrew, RFS and Xian Putian antennas.
The following catalog items should be used:
Andrew: VHLP/HP series
RFS: SB/SU series
Xian Putian: WTG series
RFU-C can be mounted directly for all frequencies (6-38 GHz) using the following antenna types (for integrated antennas, specific antennas PNs are required):
Andrew: VHLP series
RFS: SB/SU series
Xian Putian: WTG series
For remote mount installations, the following flexible waveguide flanges should be used (millimetric). The same antenna type (integrated) as indicated above can be used (recommended).
Other antenna types using the flanges listed in the table below may be used.
Frequency Circ. WG Diameter
Rect. WG
Flange Des.
Radio Side
(Remote) Flange Des.
Flex WG
Side A Flange Des.
Flex WG
Side B Flange Des.
Antenna
(Remote) Flange Des.
Coupler Kit Twist
for 1+1 Direct
Ceragon OMT Kit OMT Adaptor (Andrew)
Band Range (GHz)
for 1+1 for 2+0 for 2+0
6(L/U) GHz 5.8-7.1 31.8mm WR137 UDR70 PDR70 PDR70 UDR70 RFU-C6-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C6-TWST-
Kit RFU-C6-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C6-OMT-INT-A
7/8 GHz 7.1-8.5 26mm WR112 UBR84 PBR84 PBR84 UBR84 RFU-C7_8-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C7_8-
TWST-Kit RFU-C7_8-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C7_8-OMT-INT-A
10/11 GHz 10.0-11.7 18mm WR90 UBR100 PBR100 PBR100 UBR100
RFU-
C10_11CPLR-
Kit
RFU-C10_11-
TWST-Kit RFU-C10_11-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C10_11-OMT-INT-A
13 GHz 12.7-13.3 15mm WR75 UBR120 PBR120 PBR120 UBR120 RFU-C13-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C13-
TWST-Kit RFU-C13-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C13-OMT-INT-A
15 GHz 14.5-15.4 13.5mm WR62 UBR140 PBR140 PBR140 UBR140 RFU-C15-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C15-
TWST-Kit RFU-C15-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C15-OMT-INT-A
18 GHz 17.7-19.7 10.5mm WR42 UBR220 PBR220 PBR220 UBR220 RFU-C18-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C18-
TWST-Kit RFU-C18-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C18-OMT-INT-A
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 47 of 353
Frequency Circ. WG Diameter
Rect. WG Flange Des.
Radio Side (Remote) Flange Des.
Flex WG Side A Flange Des.
Flex WG Side B Flange Des.
Antenna (Remote) Flange Des.
Coupler Kit Twist
for 1+1 Direct
Ceragon OMT Kit OMT Adaptor (Andrew)
Band Range (GHz)
for 1+1 for 2+0 for 2+0
23 GHz 21.2-23.6 9mm RFU-C23-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C23-
TWST-Kit RFU-C23-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C23-OMT-INT-A
26 GHz 24.5-26.6 8mm RFU-C26-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C26-
TWST-Kit RFU-C26-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C26-OMT-INT-A
28 GHz 27.3-29.5 7mm
WR28 UBR320 PBR320 PBR320 UBR320
RFU-C28-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C28_32-
TWST-Kit RFU-C28-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C28-OMT-INT-A
38GHz 37.0-40.0 5.5mm RFU-C38-
CPLR-Kit
RFU-C38-
TWST-Kit RFU-C38-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C38-OMT-INT-A
If a different antenna type (CPR flange) is used, a flange adaptor is required. Please contact your Ceragon representative for details.
9.12 Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas
RFU-C can be directly mounted on a NSN FlexiHopper 6-38 GHz, 1-6 ft antenna, in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.
An adapter is used for the direct mount, as shown in the following figure.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 48 of 353
9.13 RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation
9.13.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity
1 RFU-C NSN INTERFACE 1
2 RFU-C O-RING 1
3 RFU-C RADIO 1
4 SCREW SOCKET HEAD M8 4
5 WASHER SPRING LOCK FOR M8 4
9.13.2 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6
9.13.3 Procedure
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
1 Check that the gasket is already mounted on the NSN interface side.
Note: For UBR84 (7GHz), insert the gasket on the NSN antenna/coupler side.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 49 of 353
2 Insert the O-Ring in its groove at the rear side of the RFU-C. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.
3 Insert the four screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C through the RFU-C and NSN adapter, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 50 of 353
The following figure shows the RFU mounted to the NSN antenna.
9.14 RFU-P Antenna Adaptor
When mounting an RFU-C on an antenna upon which an RFU-P (11-38 GHz) direct mount was previously installed, the following adaptor is required (frequency-dependent).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 51 of 353
9.15 RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation
9.15.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C/RFU-P DIRECT MOUNT INTERFACE 1
2 RFU-C RADIO 1 or 2
3 RFU-C COUPLER 1 Optional
9.15.2 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6
Metric offset hexagon key wrench #3
Screwdriver Phillips #2
9.15.3 Procedure
1 Prior to the installation, check the polarization definition on the RFU-P antenna. Also check that the O-Ring is mounted properly on the RFU-P antenna.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 52 of 353
2 The RFU-C/RFU-P interface is mounted with vertical polarization by default. If necessary, switch the polarization by releasing four countersink screws, rotating the central adaptor 90 degrees, and re-tightening the screws.
3 Mount the O-Ring supplied in the RFU-C/RFU-P Interface kit on the RFU-C/ RFU-P interface. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 53 of 353
For 1+0 Mounting:
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
1 Mount the RFU to the RFU-P Interface, using the 4 M8 captive screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C kit, and tighten the screws.
Make sure the radio polarization mounting direction is correct.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 54 of 353
For 1+1 Mounting:
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
1 Mount the two O-Rings supplied in the Coupler kit and twist on the coupler body, as defined in the Coupler kit instructions.
Note: For 15 GHz and 18 GHz, an EMI gasket (supplied with the RFU-P interface) should be mounted between the twist and the coupler body.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 55 of 353
2 Mount the coupler on the RFU-P interface using the four M8 screws and washers supplied in Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.
3 Proceed with mounting the RFUs, as defined in the Coupler kit instructions.
9.16 RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation
9.16.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 ANTENNA OMT ADAPTOR 1
2 RFU-C OMT 1
3 RFU-C RADIO 2 One is optional if using item #4
or #5
4 RFU-C OMT ADAPTOR KIT 1 Optional
5 RFU-C OMT SHORT 1 Optional
9.16.2 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6
Metric offset hexagon key wrench 3
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 56 of 353
9.16.3 Procedure
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
1 Prior to the installation, follow the antenna manufacturer’s instructions to switch to circular adaptor (remove the existing rectangular transition, swap the O-Ring, and install the circular transition instead).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 57 of 353
2 Mount the OMT kit on the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the OMT kit. Do not tighten them yet, to enable rotation of the entire assembly.
3 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the OMT kit on the OMT body. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 58 of 353
4 Mount both RFUs, using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, through the radio and OMT holder, and tighten the screws. Make sure the polarization mounting direction is correct.
5 Tilt the entire assembly, as described in the XPIC link alignment procedure, to achieve maximum XPD (Cross Polar Differentiation). After link alignment, tighten the four M8 screws left open in step 2 above.
9.16.4 Remote Configurations
When remote configuration is required, the OMT is attached directly to the antenna and the RFUs are installed remotely, using a flexible waveguide.
This section describes the required items and procedures for remote installation.
Remote configurations include:
2+0 (2 x 1+0 remote connection to OMT)
2+2 (2 x 1+1 remote connection to OMT)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 59 of 353
9.16.4.1 2+0/2+2 Installations
Frequencies 13-38 GHz do not require adaptors
Frequencies 6-11 GHz require adaptors, as described below
With RFU-C OMT Adapters
1 For UDR70, UBR84, and UBR100, mount the O-Ring supplied with the OMT kit.
2 For UBR84 and UBR100, mount the OMT adaptor, with its installed sealing gasket, on the OMT, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit.
Note: The flexible waveguide should be mounted without its gasket (only for the OMT side).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 60 of 353
3 For UDR70 (6 GHz), mount OMT Adaptor #1 on the OMT, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit. Then mount OMT Adaptor #2 on OMT Adaptor #1, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit.
4 For all frequencies, connect the flexible waveguide to its relevant frequency.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 61 of 353
9.16.4.2 1+0, Ready for 2+0
If you are installing a 1+0 configuration, and want to be ready for 2+0 configurations (double capacity), a “short” will be used to terminate the unused port. Later, when an additional RFU is installed on the second port, the “short” will be removed.
The following steps describe the required items and procedures for the installation.
With RFU-C OMT Short
1 For UDR70, UBR84, and UBR100, mount the OMT short, with its installed sealing gasket, using the four screws and washers supplied with the OMT Short kit.
2 For UBR120, UBR140, UBR220, and UBR320, mount the sealing O-Ring and the OMT short using the four screws and washers supplied with the OMT Short kit.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 62 of 353
9.17 RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation
9.17.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C RADIO 1
2 RFU-C — Ericsson Adaptor Kit
in accordance with BOM 1
9.17.2 Required Tools
Automatic screwdriver with torque
Bit screwdriver head adaptor
Phillips screw head bits, size 2
6.0 mm Offset hexagon key wrench
9.17.3 Procedure
Important: Do not remove the protective sticker from the radio.
9.17.3.1 Connecting the Adaptor Kit to the Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antenna
1 Insert the two lower screws and two spring washers supplied in the Ericsson kit, as shown in the figure below. Do not tighten them!
2 Before placing the coupling plate, verify that the O-Rings are placed correctly in their sinks in the Ericsson antenna and in the interface on the basic coupling plate.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 63 of 353
3 Place the Ericsson Coupling Basic Configuration Plate with inserts on the Ericsson antenna lower screws.
4 Insert the two upper screws and spring washers supplied in the Ericsson kit, as shown in the figure below.
5 Tighten the four screws, as shown in the figure below.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 64 of 353
9.17.3.2 Connecting the RFU to the Ericsson Antenna
1 Mount the RFU to the antenna, using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the RFU is correct.
9.18 RFU-C External Attenuator Installation
9.18.1 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6
Phillips screwdriver #2
9.18.2 1+0 Mount Configuration
9.18.2.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C RADIO 1
2 RFU-C EXTERNAL ATTENUATOR 1
9.18.2.2 Procedure
1 Remove the stickers from the RFU-C External Attenuator carefully so that the sealing gaskets remain in place.
2 Mount the RFU-C External Attenuator to the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C External Attenuator kit, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 65 of 353
The polarization mounting direction must be the same as that of the antenna.
3 Mount the RFU-C to the RFU-C External Attenuator using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Radio kit, and tighten the screws.
The RFU-C radio mounting polarization should be mounted using the same polarization as the RFU-C External Attenuator.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 66 of 353
9.18.3 1+1 Mount Configuration
9.18.3.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C RADIO 2
2 RFU-C EXTERNAL ATTENUATOR 1
3 RFU-C COUPLER KIT 1
4 RFU-C TWIST 1
9.18.3.2 Procedure
1 Mount the O-Rings, RFU-C units, and RFU-C twist on the body of the RFU-C coupler, as described in the Coupler kit instructions.
2 For each RFU-C, close the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
The polarization mounting direction of the RFU-C Twist must be the same as that of the antenna.
3 Remove the stickers from the RFU-C External Attenuator carefully so that the sealing gaskets remain in place.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 67 of 353
4 Mount the RFU-C External Attenuator to the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C External Attenuator kit, and tighten the screws.
The polarization mounting direction must be the same as that of the antenna.
5 Mount the RFU-C coupler to the RFU-C External Attenuator using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 68 of 353
9.19 RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides
9.19.1 List of Kits
Item Description Quantity Remarks
1 RFU-C RADIO 1
2 RFU-C ADAPTOR TO FLEX WG (IMPERIAL) KIT 1
3 FLEXIBLE WG IMPERIAL KIT 1
4 RFU-C REMOTE MOUNT ADAPTOR KIT 1 Up to 13 GHz
5 RFU-C REMOTE POLE MOUNT KIT 1
9.19.2 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench set
Imperial offset hexagon key wrench set
9.19.2.1 6/7/8/10/11 GHz
1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit on the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.
2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 69 of 353
3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and Sealing Gasket supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit to the RFU-C Adaptor. Tighten the four screws supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit.
9.19.2.2 13/15 GHz
1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.
2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 70 of 353
3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and sealing O-Ring supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit to the RFU-C Adaptor. Tighten the four screws supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit.
9.19.2.3 18/23/26/28/38 GHz
1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.
2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.
3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and sealing O-Ring supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit. Tighten the four metric screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 71 of 353
9.20 RFU-C – N Adapter Installation
9.20.1 List of Items
Item Description Quantity
1 RFU-C – N INTERFACE 1
2 RFU-C O-RING 1
3 RFU-C RADIO 1
9.20.2 Required Tools
Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6
9.20.3 Procedure
Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 72 of 353
1 Check that the gasket is already mounted on the N interface side.
Note: For UBR84 (7GHz), insert the gasket on the antenna/coupler side.
2 Insert the O Ring in its groove at the rear side of the RFU-C. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 73 of 353
3 Close the four screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C through the RFU-C and N interface, and tighten the screws.
The following figure shows the RFU mounted to the antenna.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 74 of 353
9.21 RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation
Note: These instructions are relevant for antennas up to 4 feet.
9.21.1 List of Items
Item Description Quantity
1 RFU-C - NC ADAPTOR PLATE 1
2
SCREW AND WASHER ASSEMBLY, SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD CAP,
WITH HELICAL WASHER,
SS, ~DIN 912-M6x16-A2-70 and ~DIN 127-B6-A2-70
4
9.21.2 Required Tools
5 mm offset hexagon key wrench
9.21.3 Procedure
1 Make sure there are two O-Rings, one on the NC antenna and one on the RFU-C - NC adapter plate.
2 Use the Location Pin (shown in the figures below) to guide the circular part of the RFU-C - NC adapter plate onto the circular part of the NC antenna.
3 Fasten the RFU-C - NC adapter to the NC Shenglu or Mobi antenna using four screws and four washers.
Note: Fasten the screws diagonally. First fasten the upper right screw and lower left screw, and then fasten the upper left screw and lower right screw.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 75 of 353
Attaching the Adapter Plate to an NC Shenglu Antenna
Attaching the Adapter Plate to an NC Mobi Antenna
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 76 of 353
4 Fasten the RFU-C to the RFU-C - NC antenna adapter using four screws and four washers.
Note: Make sure the polarization is correct, as shown in the figure below.
5 Attach the RFU-C to the RFU-C - NC adaptor by closing the four captive
screws and four washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
Note: Make sure the polarization is correct, as shown in the figures below.
Attaching the RFU-C to the RFU-C – NC Adapter – Shenglu Antenna
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 77 of 353
Attaching the RFU-C to the RFU-C – NC Adapter – Mobi Antenna
The figure below shows the RFU-C with the NC adapter installed (Shenglu antenna option).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 78 of 353
9.22 RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation
9.22.1 List of Items
Item Description Quantity
1 RFU-C RADIO 1
2
RFU-C - SRAL Adapter Kit, as follows:
ADPT_RFU-C38-SRAL_ANT for 38 GHz (UBR320)
ADPT_RFU-C18_26-SRAL_ANT for 18-26 GHz (UBR220)
1
9.22.2 Required Tools
Automatic screwdriver with torque
Bit screwdriver head adaptor
Phillips screw head bits, size 2
6.0 mm offset hexagon key wrench
9.22.3 Procedure
1 Place the RFU-C on the antenna adapter, aligning the holes at the four corners of the two units.
Note: Make sure you align the units properly for the horizontal or vertical direction. The letters H and V appear on both units, for correct alignment.
2 Make sure the adapter O-ring is in place, as shown in the figure below. 3 Attach the RFU-C to the adaptor by closing the four captive screws and four
washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 79 of 353
4 Make sure the two antenna O-Rings (one smaller, the other larger) are in their respective grooves on the antenna.
5 Place the RFU-C fastened to the adapter on the antenna, aligning them with the two antenna location pins.
Note: Make sure you align the units properly for the horizontal or vertical direction.
6 Fasten the RFU-C and the adapter to the SRAL antenna using the four latches.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 80 of 353
The figure below shows the RFU-C with the SRAL adapter installed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 81 of 353
10. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP
This section provides installation procedures for the following FibeAir RFU-HP systems:
Split Mount Installation
FibeAir RFU-HP 1+0/1+1 configuration
FibeAir RFU-HP 2+2 XPIC configuration
FibeAir RFU-HP N+1 configuration
All-Indoor Installation
FibeAir RFU-HP 1+0/1+1 configuration
Important Notes
The FibeAir system is to be installed in Network Telecommunication Facilities.
RFU-HP is intended for installation in a Restricted Access Location.
RFU-HP must be installed and permanently connected to protective earth by qualified service personnel in accordance with applicable national electrical codes.
10.1 About FibeAir RFU-HP
Ceragon’s FibeAir RFU-HP supports multiple capacities, frequencies, modulation schemes, and configurations for various network requirements. Its RF transceiver units operate in the frequency range of 6-11 GHz.
FibeAir RFU-HP capacities can be upgraded from 45 Mbps up to N x 155 Mbps.
For long distance links and backbone requirements, FibeAir RFU-HP offers Space Diversity functionality. Each transceiver can contain two receivers and one transmitter, which enable built-in diversity capability.
Built in Diversity in each transceiver increases the reliability of the link. In a 1+1/2+2 Hot Standby or N+1 configuration with Space Diversity, if a hardware failure occurs, the Diversity will not be affected.
FibeAir RFU-HP is installed in a Split-Mount configuration and All-Indoor horizontal configuration, as shown in the following example illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 82 of 353
FibeAir RFU-HP
10.2 About the FibeAir RFU-HP OCBs
FibeAir RFU-HP supports two types of OCBs:
OCB (Older Type)
New OCB
OCB (Older Type) New OCB
Note: This installation guide describes the installation of both types. You will need to verify which type you are using.
Both OCBs are compatible with the following RFU-HP RFU PNs:
RFU-HP RF Unit, fGHz 15HP-RFU-f RFU for Space Diversity split mount
RFU-HP Split 1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPS-1R-RFU-f RFU for Non Space Diversity split mount
The main difference between the two types is the circulator direction. Depending on the configuration, OCB Type 1 or Type2 is used together with waveguide shorts, waveguide loads, U Bends, or couplers.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 83 of 353
Each OCB has four waveguide access points: two in the front, and two at the rear. The diversity access point is optional.
If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts.
The two OCB types (with & without space diversity) have different part numbers.
10.2.1 OCB (Older Type)
OCB (Outdoor Circulator Block) has the following main purposes:
Hosts the circulators and the attached filters.
Routes the RF signal in the correct direction, through the filters and circulators.
Enables RFU connection to the Main and Diversity antennas.
Two types of OCBs can be used:
Type1 OCB
Type2 OCB
The main difference between the two types is the circulator direction. Depending on the configuration, OCB Type 1 or Type2 is used together with waveguide shorts, waveguide loads, U Bends, or couplers.
Each OCB has four waveguide access points: two in the front, and two at the rear. The diversity access point is optional.
If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts.
The two OCB types (with & without space diversity) have different part numbers.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 84 of 353
The following block diagrams show the difference between the two OCBs and the additional Diversity Circ block which is added in some Diversity configurations.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 85 of 353
10.2.2 New OCB
The new OCB has the following main purposes:
The OCB is optimized for Non Space Diversity (IFC) configuration, for Space Diversity (IFC) configuration, a diversity block is added.
Hosts the circulators and the attached filters.
Routes the RF signal through the filters and circulators toward the antenna port
Allows RFU connection to the Main and Diversity antennas.
The new OCB has just one type, and can be connected to an OCB via a flexible waveguide.
The new OCB connection is at the rear. It includes proprietary accessories (different than those used for the older OCB).
Each OCB has three waveguide access points: The In/Out port is located at the rear of the OCB.
The OCB ports include:
Tx port
Rx Port
Diversity port
If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts. Unused Rx ports will be terminated with a 50 ohm termination.
New OCB components include the following:
RF Filters
RF Filters are used for specific frequency channels and Tx/Rx separation. The filters are attached to the OCB, and each RFU contains one Rx and one Tx filter. In a Space Diversity configuration, with IF combining, each RFU contains two Rx filters (which combine the IF signals) and one Tx filter. The filters can be replaced without removing the OCB.
DCB (Diversity Circulator Block)
An external block which is added in Space Diversity configurations. The DCB is connected to the diversity port and can chain two OCBs.
Coupler Kit
The coupler kit is used for 1+1 Hot Standby configurations.
U Bend
The U Bend connects the chained DCB (Diversity Circulator Block) in N+1/N+ 0 configurations.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 86 of 353
S Bend
The S Bend connects the chained OCB (Outdoor Circulator Block) in N+1 /N+ 0 configurations.
Pole Mount Kit
The Pole Mount Kit can fasten up to five OCBs and the RFUs to the pole. The kit enables fast and easy installation.
10.3 Installation Notes
WARNING!
The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or exposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 port as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
10.3.1 Grounding Notes
The RFU is suitable for installation in a Common Bonding Network (CBN).
Only copper wire should be used.
The coaxial port cables should be shielded and grounded at both ends.
The wire must be at least 14 AWG or thicker.
Connector and connection surfaces must be plated. Bare conductors must be coated with antioxidant before crimp connections are made to the screws.
FibeAir provides a ground for each drawer, via a one-hole mounted lug onto a single-point stud. The stud must be installed using a UL-listed ring tongue terminal, and two star washers for anti-rotation.
For antenna ports, lightning protection is used that does not permit transients of a greater magnitude than the following:
Open Circuit: 1.2-50us 600V
Short Circuit: 8-20us 300A
FibeAir’s battery return terminals are in the configuration of an Isolated DC return (DC-I) and Common DC Return (DC-C).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 87 of 353
The grounding point is assembled as shown in the following illustration.
10.4 OCB (Older Type) Installation
The following sections describe the installation procedures for FibeAir RFU-HP with the older type OCB.
10.4.1 1+0/1+1 Installation
This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in a 1+0 or 1+1 configuration.
The components involved in this procedure include the following:
RFU
OCB
Hanger Kit
Pole Mount Kit
10.4.1.1 Assembling the RFU and OCB
The RFU is generally assembled in the factory with the OCB, and delivered as a single unit.
If the RFU is delivered separately with the OCB, do the following:
Important: The instructions in this guide should be performed indoors.
1 Remove the RFU and the OCB from the box.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 88 of 353
2 Make sure that the OCB sealing gasket is in place.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 89 of 353
3 Gently slide the RFU in the OCB, making sure that the two empty spaces in the RFU correspond to the filter positions on the OCB.
4 Tighten the Allen Head screws to the OCB using an Allen wrench.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 90 of 353
10.4.1.2 Assembling the Hanger Kit
The Hanger Kit is used to connect two RFUs and OCBs to the Pole Mount Kit. It consists of a single metal plate.
To assemble the Hanger Kit together with the RFU and OCB:
1 Place the RFU on the floor and hold it upright, as shown in the photo below.
2 Place the Hanger Kit in line with the OCB, as shown in the illustration below, and fasten the Kit to the OCB using 3 large (M-10 type) screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 91 of 353
10.4.1.3 Assembling the Pole Mount Kit
The Pole Mount Kit is used to connect the Hanger Kit (together with the RFU and OCB) to the pole.
The kit consists of a single metal plate with a clamp assembly.
Important! The diameter of the pole upon which the kit is mounted must be between 50 mm (2") and 125 mm (5").
To assemble the Pole Mount Kit on the pole:
1 Open the Pole Mount Kit clamp, and assemble the kit on the pole, as shown in the following illustration.
2 Fasten the kit to the pole using the 4 screws, as shown in the photo above.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 92 of 353
10.4.1.4 Assembling the Hanger Kit (with RFU and OCB) and Pole Mount Kit
To assemble the Hanger Kit and the Pole Mount Kit:
1 Lift the Hanger Kit with the fastened RFU and OCB, and hang it, using the Hanger Bend, on the Pole Mount Kit, as shown in the following illustrations.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 93 of 353
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 94 of 353
2 Fasten the Hanger Kit to the Pole Mount Kit using 4 large (M-10 type) screws, as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 95 of 353
Each Pole Mount Kit can accommodate two RFUs and OCB units, as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 96 of 353
10.4.1.5 RFU Cable Connections
The RFU cable connectors are located on the bottom of the RFU, as shown in the following photo:
The connections include the following:
XPIC/RSL – For XPIC functionality and radio signal monitoring.
IF – Connects the RFU to the IDU.
Ground – Used for electrical ground.
Flexible Waveguide – Connects the RFU to the antenna.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 97 of 353
10.4.2 2+2 XPIC Installation
This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in a 2+2 XPIC configuration.
10.4.2.1 Installation Components
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 98 of 353
10.4.2.2 Installation Procedure
1 Connect both pole mount kits to the pole. If the RFUs are to be assembled one above the other, there should be a minimum distance of 40 cm between the two pole mount kits, as shown in the following illustration.
Important! The diameter of the pole upon which the kit is mounted must be between 50 mm (2") and 125 mm (5").
2 Connect shorts and 50 ohm terminations on all OCBs (shorts on main antenna ports, 50 ohm terminations on diversity antenna ports).
3 Assemble both couplers on the OCBs. 4 Attach the hanging bracket to the OCBs and tighten the screws that fasten
the OCB to the hanging-bracket. 5 Gently lift the assembled unit to the pole using the lifting handle. 6 Place the assembled units on the pole mount clamp bracket and fasten the
M10 screws, as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 99 of 353
7 Connect the XPIC cables between the units, as shown in the following illustration.
8 Connect the flexible waveguides to the antennas, as shown in the illustration above (V and H poles are selected as required - in the illustration above they are selected arbitrarily).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 100 of 353
10.4.3 N+1 Split Mount Installation
This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in an N+1 split mount configuration, where N is less than or equal to 5.
A split mount N+1 configuration is achieved using Type-1 and Type-2 OCBs alternatively.
Two Type 1 and Type 2 OCBs are interconnected via U bends at the rear extension ports. The third OCB is chained to the second OCB through the main and diversity ports, using a flexible waveguide.
Each OCB is connected to the relevant IF cable from the 3200T Baseband Indoor.
The following example shows a 4+1 space diversity dual pole configuration.
Note: When installing an N+1 configuration, assemble the OCBs in an inverted order, to maintain the same branching loss between the carriers, as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 101 of 353
10.5 Installation Configuration Illustrations
This section provides illustrations of different FibeAir RFU-HP installation configurations.
Note that in this section, the following abbreviations are used:
HSB - Hot Standby
FD - Frequency Diversity
SD - Space Diversity
DP - Dual Pole
MP - Main Path
SP - Secondary Path
MA - Main Antenna
DA - Diversity Antenna
N/A - Not Applicable
WG - Waveguide
X/Y dB: X refers to 6-8 GHz, Y refers to 11 GHz
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 102 of 353
10.5.1 1+0 & 1+0 Space Diversity
1+0 Configuration
1+0 SD Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+0 SD
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB0dB
1.5/2.5dB*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
Item Qty
RFU 1
OCB SD Type 1 1
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 1
Short 1
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1
Coaxial Cable (m) 12
N-Type connector 2
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 1
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
50
oh
m
RFU
Eliptical WG
or Coax Cable
Flexible WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
Flexible WG
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+0
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Item Qty
RFU 1
OCB Type 1 1
Pole Mount 1
Short 3
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 1
0.5dB
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 103 of 353
10.5.2 1+1 Hot Standby & 1+1 Hot Standby Space Diversity
1+1 SD Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+1 SD
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB
6/6.4dB 0.5dB
1.4/1.6dB 1.5/2.5dB*
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
6/6.4dB 1.5/2.5dB*
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB SD Type 2 2
Pole Mount 1
Short 2
50ohm Termination 2
Coupler Type 1 2
Flex WG 1.4m 1
SP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1
Coaxial Cable (m) 12
N-Type connector 2
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Protection Kit 1
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1
RX f1
RX f1
RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
OCB
type 2
Flexible WG
Eliptical WG
or Coax Cable
1+1 HSB Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+1 HSB
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6/6.4dB 0.5dB
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1
RX f1
RX f1
RFU
OCB
type 2
Flexible WG
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB Type 2 2
Pole Mount 1
Short 6
Coupler Type 1 1
Flex WG 1.4m 1
SP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Protection Kit 1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 104 of 353
10.5.3 1+1 Frequency Diversity & 1+1 Frequency Diversity + Space Diversity
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+0 FD
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB 0.5dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1+1 FD Configuration
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB Type 1 1
OCB Type 2 1
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 1
Short 4
U Bend WG Type 1 1
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Protection Kit 1
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
Flexible WG
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+0 FD/SD
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB0.5dB
1.5/2.5dB*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.5dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB SD Type 1 1
OCB SD Type 2 1
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 2
U Bend WG Type 1 2
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1
Coaxial Cable (m) 12
N-Type connector 2
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Protection Kit 1
1+1 FD/SD Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type 2
8GHz RFU
U bends
WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
8GHz RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m Eliptical WG or
Coax Cable
Flexible WG
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 105 of 353
10.5.4 1+1 Space Diversity BBS
1+1 SD BBS Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
1+0 SD BBS
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0dB 0.5dB
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0dB 0.5dB
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB Type 1 2
Pole Mount 2
Short 6
Flex WG 1.2m 2
SP Antenna 2
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Protection Kit 1
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
Main
antenna
Diversity
antenna
Flexible WG
Flexible WG
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 106 of 353
10.5.5 2+0 Dual Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Dual Pole
2+0 DP Configuration
2+0 SD DP Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+0 SD DPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB0dB
1.5/2.5dB*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+0 DPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0dB 0.5dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
Flexible WG
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB Type 1 2
Pole Mount 1
Short 6
Flex WG 1.2m 2
DP Antenna 1
XPIC cable 3m long 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
Eliptical WG or
Coax Cable
Flexible WG
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB SD Type 1 2
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 2
Short 2
Flex WG 1.2m 2
DP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 2
Coaxial Cable (m) 24
N-Type connector 4
XPIC cable 3m long 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 107 of 353
10.5.6 2+0 Single Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Single Pole
2+0 SP Configuration
2+0 SD SP Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+0 SD SPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB0.5dB
1.5/2.5dB*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.5dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+0 SPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB 0.5dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1'
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
8GHz RFU
U bends
WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f0'
RX f0
RX f0
OCB
type 1
8GHz RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m Eliptical WG or
Coax Cable
Flexible WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2
RX f2
RX f2
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
Flexible WG
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB SD Type 1 1
OCB SD Type 2 1
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 1
U Bend 1
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
Item Qty
RFU 2
OCB SD Type 1 1
OCB SD Type 2 1
Pole Mount 1
50ohm Termination 2
U Bend 2
Flex WG 1.2m 1
SP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 1
Coaxial Cable (m) 12
N-Type connector 2
IDC + Chassis 1
IDM-155 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 108 of 353
10.5.7 2+2 Hot Standby Dual Pole
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
RFU
OCB
type 2
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
RFU
OCB
type 2
Flexible WG
2+2 HSB DP Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 HSB DPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6/6.4dB 0.5dB
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB Type 2 4
Pole Mount 2
Short 12
Coupler Type 1 2
Flex WG 1.2m 2
DP Antenna 1
XPIC cable 3m long 2
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 109 of 353
10.5.8 2+2 Hot Standby Single Pole
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2
RX f2
RX f2
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2
RX f2
RX f2
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
Flexible WG
Flexible W
G
2+2 HSB SP Configuration
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB Type 1 2
OCB Type 2 2
Pole Mount 2
50ohm Termination 2
Short 8
U Bend 2
Coupler Type 2 1
Flex WG 1.2m 2
SP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 HSB SPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
2.1/2.3dB 0.5dB
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.5/7.9dB 1dB
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 110 of 353
10.5.9 2+2 Space Diversity Dual Pole
2+2 SD DP Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 SD DPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB1.4/1.6dB
1.5/2.5dB*
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
1.4/1.6dB
6/6.4dB 0.5dB
6/6.4dB 1.5/2.5dB*
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
OCB
type 2
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
OCB
type 2
Eliptical WG or
Coax Cable
Flexible WG
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB SD Type 2 4
Pole Mount 2
Short 4
50ohm Termination 4
Coupler Type 1 4
Flex WG 1.2m 2
DP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 2
Coaxial Cable (m) 24
N-Type connector 4
XPIC cable 3m long 2
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 111 of 353
10.5.10 2+2 Space Diversity Single Pole
2+2 SD SP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2
RX f2
RX f2
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2
RX f2
RX f2
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
50
oh
m
Flexible W
G
Flexible W
G
Flexible WG
Eliptical WG or
Coax Cable
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB SD Type 1 2
OCB SD Type 2 2
Pole Mount 2
50ohm Termination 4
U Bend 4
Coupler Type 2 2
Flex WG 1.2m 3
SP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 1
Coaxial Cable (m) 12
N-Type connector 2
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 SD SPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
2.1/2.3dB 0.5dB
7.5/7.9dB 1dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
2.1/2.3dB 1.5/2.5dB*
7.5/7.9dB 2/3dB**
** Coax Cable 4/5.5dB
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 112 of 353
10.5.11 2+2 Frequency Diversity Single Pole
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 FD SPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.75dB 1dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f3
RX
f3
RX
f3
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1
RX
f1
RX
f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
Flexible WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f4
RX
f4
RX
f4
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f2
RX
f2
RX
f2
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
oh
m
Flexible WG
2+2 FD SP Configuration
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 113 of 353
10.5.12 2+2 Hot Standby Frequency Diversity Dual Pole
2+2 HSB FD DP Configuration
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
2+2 FD
DPAM.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB 0.5dB
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f3'
RX f3'
RX f3'
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type 1
RFU
Flexible WG
50
oh m
50
oh m
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB Type 1 2
OCB Type 2 2
Pole Mount 2
50ohm Termination 2
Short 8
U Bend 2
Flex WG 1.2m 2
DP Antenna 1
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 114 of 353
10.5.13 2+2 Frequency Diversity / Space Diversity Dual Pole
2+2 SD/FD DP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type 1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f4'
RX f4'
RX f4'
OCB
type 2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f2'
RX f2'
RX f2'
OCB
type 1
RFU
50
ohm
Eliptical W
G or
Coax C
able
Flexible W
G
Flexible WG
50
ohm
50
ohm
50
ohm
B.L W.G
M.P
S.P
3+3 SD DPA
M.A
D.A
M.A
D.A
0.5dB0.5dB
1.5/2.5dB*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.5dB
* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB
Item Qty
RFU 4
OCB SD Type 1 2
OCB SD Type 2 2
Pole Mount 2
50ohm Termination 4
Flex WG 1.2m 2
U-Band 4
DP Antenna 2
WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 2
Coaxial Cable (m) 24
N-Type connector 4
IDC + Chassis 2
IDM-155 4
Protection Kit 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 115 of 353
10.5.14 N+1 Systems
4+1 FD DP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
U bends WG
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3'
RX f3'
RX f3'
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type
1
RFU
U bends WG
Flexible WG
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
IDM
Switch card (XC)
IDM
IDM
STM-1
STM-1
STM-1
IDC
IDC
IDCIDM
STM-1
IDM
STM-1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 116 of 353
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
IDM
Switch card (XC)
IDM
IDMSTM-1
STM-1
STM-1IDC
IDC
IDC IDM
STM-1
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
Switch Card (XC)
IDM
STM-1
IDC
IDC
Inter-shelf
XC cable
IDM
STM-1
5+1 FD DP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
U bends WG
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3'
RX f3'
RX f3'
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type
1
RFU
U bends WG
Flexible WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 117 of 353
4+1 FD SD DP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
U bends WG
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3'
RX f3'
RX f3'
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type
1
RFU
U bends WG
Flexible WG
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
IDM
Switch card (XC)
IDM
IDM
STM-1
STM-1
STM-1
IDC
IDC
IDCIDM
STM-1
IDM
STM-1
Flexible WG
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 118 of 353
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
IDM
Switch card (XC)
IDM
IDMSTM-1
STM-1
STM-1IDC
IDC
IDC IDM
STM-1
IF
IF
IF
IF
IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER
Switch Card (XC)
IDM
STM-1
IDC
IDC
Inter-shelf
XC cable
IDM
STM-1
5+1 FD SD DP Configuration
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3
RX f3
RX f3
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f1
RX f1
RX f1
OCB
type
1
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
U bends WG
50
oh
m
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f3'
RX f3'
RX f3'
OCB
type
2
RFU
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX
f1'
RX f1'
RX f1'
OCB
type
1
RFU
U bends WG
Flexible WG
TX Filter
RX Filter
RX Filter
TX
RX M
RX D
TX f5
RX f5
RX f5
OCB
type 1
RFU
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 119 of 353
10.6 New OCB Installation
This section provides installation procedures for the New OCB.
10.6.1 Required Tools for New OCB Installation
Screwdriver Philips/ screw head bits size 2
Ratchet 11/16''
Wrench 3/16"
Hexagon Socket 5mm
Allen wrench 2.5mm
Allen wrench 5mm
Allen wrench 6mm
10.6.2 Special Tools/Materials
None.
WARNING!
When assembling, make sure the waveguide connector plastic covers remain intact. Any damage to the covers may result in improper operation of waveguides and the RFU.
Note: Every screw fastening operation must comply with the enclosed Torque Table; make sure you apply appropriate torque every time.
Tightening Torques
Thread Size Tightening Torque (Nm)
8-32 UNC 3 ± 0.2
10-32 UNF 5.1 ± 0.3
M8x1.25 23 ± 1.1
M10x1.5 44 ± 1.1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 120 of 353
10.7 Pole Installation
10.7.1 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 1
1 Insert two screws (3) into the two lower hanging profile (4) holes and secure them with four nuts (1) and two washers (2) (do not tighten) (Step I in illustration below).
2 Arrange the OCBs (5) in a straight line and place the hanging profile (4) (Step II).
Item No. Description Qty.
1 Nut, Hex, SS, DIN 934-M10-A2-70 4
2 Washer, Helical spring lock SS, DIN 127-B10-A2-70 2
3 Screw, Hex cap, SS, DIN 933-M10x200-A2-70 2
4 Hanging Profile 1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 121 of 353
10.7.2 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 2
1 Connect couplers (3) to the back of OCB units (5) (Step I). 2 Fasten two screws (1) and spring washers (2) for each installed OCB (Step
II). 3 Fasten lifting eye to each OCB unit (5) (if not installed) (Step III).
Item No. Description Qty Notes
1 Screw, Socket hexagon head cap,
SS, DIN 912-M8x30-A2-70 2
The quantities are for one OCB and
may change in accordance with the
installed configuration (up to five
OCBs)
2 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, DIN
7980-8.1-A2-70 2
3 Couplers -
4 Lifting Collar Eye Bolt M8-1.25 steel,
Zink plated 1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 122 of 353
10.7.3 RFU Installation
WARNING!
Make sure the RFUs (2) are inserted correctly; do not force them in!
1 Carefully insert the RFUs (2) into the slots on the OCB units (1). 2 Fasten two screws (3) using the angled Allen wrench.
Item No. Description Qty Notes
1 OCB Assy. 1 The quantities are for one RFU and may
change in accordance with the installed
configuration (up to five RFUs)
2 RFU 1
3 Screw (part of RFU Assy) 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 123 of 353
10.7.4 Housing Assembly and Lifting Harness
1 Choose one of four (5) available positions for the pole installation (see Hanging Positions later in this guide).
2 Fasten two screws (3) and spring washers (4) to attach the Pillar Housing (1) to the Hanging Profile (2).
3 Tie the lifting harness (6) to the lifting ears (7) on all OCB units.
CAUTION!
Before lifting, make sure all OCB units are properly tied to the lifting harness.
4 Carefully lift the assembly for Pole Installation (see Mount Configurations later in this guide).
Item No. Description Qty.
1 Pillar Housing 1
2 Hanging Profile 1
3 Screw, Phillips Pan head, SS, ANSI, #8-32UNCx1/2" 2
4 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, ANSI, #8 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 124 of 353
10.7.5 Pole Installation
1 Insert two screws (in addition to the two screws already inserted (see the section Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly earlier in this guide) (4) through the holes in the Hanging Profile (6).
2 Press the Hanging Profile (6) against the Pillar Housing (6), while mounting the Pillar Clamp (3) on the screws (6).
3 Tighten the spring washer (2) and two nuts (1) on each of the four screws, to fasten the Hanging Profile (6) to the Pole (7).
Item No. Description Qty.
1 Nut, Hex, SS, DIN 934-M10-A2-70 8
2 Washer, Helical spring lock SS, DIN 127-B10-A2-70 4
3 Pillar Clamp 1
4 Hanging Profile 1
5 Screw, Hex cap, SS, DIN 933-M10x200-A2-70 4
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 125 of 353
10.7.6 Hanging Positions
You can pole mount (see Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly earlier in this section) the Hanging Profile on any of the four available positions, as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 126 of 353
10.8 OBN OCB Housing Hanging Procedure
WARNING!
Do not lift the OCB using the RFU handle; use the lifting eye only!
4 Lift the OBN OCB Housing (3) using the lifting eye (5). 5 Tilt the OBN OCB Housing (shown below without the RFU) (3) backwards,
and hook it to the Hanging Profile (4) so that the screw holes are aligned. 6 Fasten two screws (1) and spring washers (2). 7 Hang up to five OBN OCB Housing (3) units (in accordance with the
relevant configuration). 8 Install the RFU (6) (see the section RFU Mount below).
Item No. Description Qty. Notes
1 Screw, Socket hexagon head cap,
SS, DIN 912-M8x30-A2-70 2
The quantities are for one RFU and may
be changed in accordance with the
installed configuration (up to five RFUs)
2 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, DIN
7980-8.1-A2-70 2
3 OBN OCB Housing 1
4 Hanging Profile 4 RFU’s
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 127 of 353
Item No. Description Qty. Notes
5 RFU 1
10.8.1 RFU Mount
WARNING!
Make sure the RFU (2) is inserted correctly; do not force it in!
Note: Do not apply torque when mounting the RFU.
1 Carefully slide the RFU (2) into the OCB (1). Make sure that the RFU (2) is inserted correctly; do not force it in!
2 Carefully fasten the two captive screws (3).
Item No. Description Qty. Notes
1 OCB Assy. 1 -
2 RFU 1 -
3 Screw (part of RFU Assy) 2 -
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 128 of 353
10.8.2 Sample New OCB Configurations
Note: Configurations for the Old and New OCBs have the same branching loss as mentioned.
10.8.2.1 1+1
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 129 of 353
10.8.2.2 1+1 Space Diversity
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 130 of 353
10.8.2.3 2+1/3+0 Space Diversity
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 131 of 353
10.8.2.4 4+1/5+0 Space Diversity
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 132 of 353
10.9 All Indoor Horizontal Placement Installation
For minimal rack space usage, the OCB can be installed in a 19” rack (open rack, frame rack) in a horizontal position.
Note that this installation type and configuration does not require a fan tray.
This installation type is compatible with the following RFUs (with higher Tx power than split mount):
RFU-HP All Indoor
1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPA-1R-RFU-f RFU for Non Space Diversity All-Indoor
RFU-HP All Indoor
1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPA-2R-RFU-f RFU for Space Diversity All-Indoor
The All-Indoor horizontal placement is available for the following configurations:
1+0
1+0 east wet
1+1
1+1 east wet
The IDU can be installed above or below the RFUs as shown in the following illustrations.
1+1 SD IP-10
1+0 IP-10
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 133 of 353
10.10 Installation in a 19” Rack (open rack/lab rack)
10.10.1 1+0 Installation
10.10.1.1 Parts Used
Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N
1 Washer Flat for M6 8 JC-0061-0
2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 8 JA-0150-0
3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 8 JC-0062-0
4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 16 JA-0192-0
5 Washer Spring #10 16 JC-0026-0
10.10.1.2 Assembly
1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 16 screws (4 in the table above) and 16 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 134 of 353
2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.
3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.
The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 135 of 353
10.10.2 1+0 East-West Installation
10.10.2.1 Parts Used
Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N
1 Washer Flat for M6 16 JC-0061-0
2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 16 JA-0150-0
3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 16 JC-0062-0
4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 32 JA-0192-0
5 Washer Spring #10 32 JC-0026-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 136 of 353
10.10.2.2 Assembly
1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 24 screws (4 in the table above) and 24 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.
2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.
3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 137 of 353
The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 138 of 353
10.10.3 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) Installation
10.10.3.1 Parts Used
Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N
1 Washer Flat for M6 16 JC-0061-0
2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 16 JA-0150-0
3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 16 JC-0062-0
4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 32 JA-0192-0
5 Washer Spring #10 42 JC-0026-0
6 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 1/2" 10 JA-0123-0
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 139 of 353
10.10.3.2 Assembly
1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 24 screws (4 in the table above) and 24 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.
2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 140 of 353
3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.
4 Fasten the HSB Coupler to the New OCB 19” Rack Adapter Main Terminals using 10 screws (number 4 in the table above), and 10 washers (5), as shown in the following illustration.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 141 of 353
The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 142 of 353
11. Installing the FibeAir RFU-A
This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-A.
11.1 Required Tools for RFU-A Installation
The following tools are required for the RFU-A installation:
Socket key wrench metric set
Adjustable wrench
Phillips screwdriver
11.2 Transportation
The equipment should be prepared for public transportation. The cargo must be kept dry during transportation, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-2, Class 2.3.
It is recommended that the equipment be transported to the installation site in its original packing case.
If intermediate storing is required, the packed equipment must be stored in a dry and cool environment, and out of direct sunlight, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-1, Class 1.2.
11.3 Packing Inspection
Check that the package is not damaged.
Check the packing lists and verify that the correct equipment part numbers and quantities are found in the package that arrived.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 143 of 353
11.4 System Components
The following components are used in RFU-A installation procedures.
RFU-A
RFU-A Chassis
1+0 Branching Drawer (BD)
1+1HSB BD
2+0 BD
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 144 of 353
1+1Space Diversity (SD) BD – TX high
1+1Space Diversity (SD) BD – TX low
1+0i BD
Fans Module
L-bend Type 1
L-bend Type 2 External Coupler
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 145 of 353
U-bend
Termination
Blank Panel
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 146 of 353
11.5 Component Part Numbers
The following table lists the part numbers for the components used in an RFU-A installation.
RFU-A Unit
RFU-A58-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 5.8 & 6L GHz
RFU-A-S-58-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 5.8 & 6L GHz with sampler
RFU-A6L RFU-A RF Unit, 6L GHz
RFU-A-S-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 6L GHz with Sampler
RFU-A6H RFU-A RF Unit, 6H GHz
RFU-A-S-6H RFU-A RF Unit, 6H GHz with Sampler
RFU-A7 RFU-A RF Unit, 7 GHz
RFU-A-S-7 RFU-A RF Unit, 7 GHz with Sampler
RFU-A8 RFU-A RF Unit, 8 GHz
RFU-A-S-8 RFU-A RF Unit, 8 GHz with Sampler
RFU-A11 RFU-A RF Unit, 11 GHz
RFU-A-S-11 RFU-A RF Unit, 11GHz with Sampler
RFU-A Chassis
CHS-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing
CHS-A7_8 RFU-A 7/8 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing
CHS-A11 RFU-A 11 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing
RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+0
DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb 1+0 Branching Drawer
DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb 1+0 Branching Drawer with sampler
RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+1
DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-CPLR 1+1 HSB Branching Drawer
DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-CPLR 1+1HSB Branching Drawer with sampler
RFU-A Branching Drawer for 2+0 SP
DRW-Af-xxxY - a{N/E}b{N/E} 2+0 Branching Drawer
DRWS-Af-xxxY- a{N/E}b{N/E} 2+0 Branching Drawer with sampler
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 147 of 353
RFU-A External coupler
CPLR-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz external coupler
RFU-A Termination
Term-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz Termination
Term-A7_8 RFU-A 7/8 GHz Termination
Term-A11 RFU-A 11 GHz Termination
RFU-A Blank Panel
RFU-A-blnk RFU-A blank panel
RFU-A Blank Panel
RFU-A-Fans-Drawer RFU-A fans module
f = 6L, 6H, 7, 8, 11 GHz (RFU-A & Drawer Frequency)
xxxY, aWb = Exact operating frequency related information.
f = 6, 7/8, 11 GHz (RFU-A RF Accessories)
RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+1SD
DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-SD-TL/H 1+1SD Branching Drawer, TX-Low/High
DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-SD-TL/H 1+1SD Branching Drawer, TX-Low/High with sampler
RFU-A Branching Drawer Inverted 1+0 for 1+1SD
DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-i 1+0 inverted Branching Drawer
DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-i 1+1 inverted with sampler
FU-A L Bend T1 (short)
Lbend-A6-T1 RFU-A 6 GHz L-Bend T1
Lbend-A7_8-T1 RFU-A 7/8 GHz L-Bend T1
Lbend-A11-T1 RFU-A 11 GHz L-Bend T1
RFU-A L Bend T2 (long)
Lbend-A6-T2 RFU-A 6 GHz L-Bend T2
Lbend-A7_8-T2 RFU-A 7/8 GHz L-Bend T2
Lbend-A11-T2 RFU-A 11 GHz L-Bend T2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 148 of 353
11.6 Chassis Installation Procedure
The following procedure explains and illustrates how the RFU-A is assembled in a rack.
1 Install the RFU-A chassis in the rack. The rack can be one of the following:
19” open rack.
19” 600 mm depth rack.
ETSI 600 mm depth (using a special adapter)
2 Place the chassis in the rack with the rails on the upper side of the chassis and the blank cover on the right side. Secure the chassis using four supplied screws.
Single Chassis in a Rack
Two Chassis Installation – Not Inverted
Two Chassis Installation – Lower Chassis is Inverted
Note: In some configurations, the chassis can be installed inverted, either as part of the branching scheme, or to allow mechanical clearance for the waveguides.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 149 of 353
3 Ground the chassis:
i On the rear side of the each chassis, loosen the nut, washer, and tooth washer.
ii Place the cable lug (supplied with the RFU-A housing kit) on the screw. iii Secure the cable lug.
Chassis Grounding Cable
4 Slide the RFU-A units into place, according to the relevant configuration.
RFU-A in a Single Slot
Both RFU-A Slots Occupied
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 150 of 353
11.7 Decorative Panel and Branching Drawer Installation
1 Remove the four screws on the sides of each chassis (two on each side) and remove the decorative panel from the chassis.
Removing the Decorative Panel
2 Insert the Branching Drawer (in accordance with the configuration) in the center slot of the chassis, and secure it using four supplied screws.
Note: The branching drawer can be mounted in both directions, depending on whether the site is TX- HIGH or TX- LOW.
Branching Drawer Insertion
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 151 of 353
11.8 Configuring Correct TX and RX Frequency
Branching drawers should be assembled in accordance with link operating frequency (i.e., TX-Low or TX-High). As mentioned above, the branching drawer can be mounted in either direction in the chassis.
There are several types of branching drawers used for the different configurations. This section describes how to configure TX and RX settings when using each type of drawer.
Note that all explanations refer to the situation in which the chassis is in its upright position, indicated by the RFU-A IF cable connected at the left side. When the site or configuration mandates an inverted chassis installation, the indications should be referred to as if inverted.
11.8.1 1+0 Configuration
1+0 with Chassis in Upright Position
1+0 with Chassis in Inverted Position
11.8.2 1+1 HSB Configuration (Upright)
11.8.3 2+0 SP Configuration (Upright)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 152 of 353
11.8.4 4+0 SP Configuration
Note: In a 4+0 SP configuration, the LOWER chassis should be assembled in INVERTED position, to enable assembly of the U-bend. For more information, refer to configuration-specific instructions.
11.8.5 1+1 SD Configuration
Note: For this configuration, the top drawer has two versions (TX-High, TX-Low). The 1+1SD TX-Low drawer should be installed inverted at a TX-Low site.
For more information, refer to configuration-specific instructions.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 153 of 353
11.9 Assembling Branching Elements
This section explains how to install L-bends, the termination, the U-bend, and the external coupler.
The L-bend has a negligible effect on RF performance. Its sole purpose is to enable easier connection of the elliptical waveguide going to and from the antenna. There are two types of L-bends (short and long) to enable easy mechanical connection of two antennas to two tightly assembled chassis.
The termination is a mandatory part which must be assembled to assure RF performance.
During upgrade procedures, the termination may be removed to enable branching expansion.
1 L-bend Type 1: At the rear of the chassis, connect the L-bend to the side of the circulators block marked TX OUT, using the screws and washers that are supplied.
2 Termination: At the rear of the chassis, connect the 50-ohm termination to the opposite side of the side of the chassis marked TX OUT (the expansion port), using the screws and washers that are supplied.
L-bend Type 1 and Termination Assembly
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 154 of 353
3 L-bend Type 2: When two chassis are connected together, connect L-bend Type 2 to the lower TX/RX port (marked TX OUT) to enable an easier elliptical waveguide connection to the lower TX/RX port.
L-bend Type 2 Assembly
Notes: To assemble the second termination to the lower circulator block as seen in the figure above, follow Step 2 above.
A complete assembly containing both types of L-bends and two terminations is presented in the figure below.
Complete L-Bend and Termination Assembly
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 155 of 353
4 U-bend: The U-bend is a specially designed, frequency dependant waveguide which is used to concatenate two RFU-A branching systems via the expansion port.
The mechanical connection of the U-bend is the same whether performed as part of an upgrade procedure or initial system configuration.
U-Bend Assembly
5 External Coupler: The external coupler is a specially designed coupler which enables vertical coupling between RFU-A units. The coupler is primarily designed for a non-traffic effecting upgrade scenario from a 1+1 to a 2+2 SP configuration, but can also be used in other scenarios.
The external coupler is connected in a two chassis configuration. It should be connected vertically, as shown in the figure below, to both of the ports marked TX-OUT, using the screws that are supplied.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 156 of 353
External Coupler Assembly
11.10 Connecting the IF Cable
The IF cable is part of the RFU-A installation kit. You must connect the IF cable to each RFU, and to the designated IDU.
IF Cable Connection
Cable management is performed using the decorative panel and any other means available for this purpose.
The following drawings show several options for routing the IF cable with the assistance of the front panel.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 157 of 353
Routing the IF Cable Upward
Routing the IF Cable downward - Bottom View
For further instructions on connecting the IF cable, refer to Connecting an IDU to an RFU on page 231.
11.11 Fan Assembly and Maintenance
The fan kit is part of the RFU-A assembly, and is supplied pre-assembled with each RFU-A.
Fan disassembly can be performed with the power on, with no affect on traffic and no radio performance degradation.
Note: Each fan module is assembled with three captive screws.
Fans Assembly
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 158 of 353
Fans should be inspected and, if necessary, replaced every 12 months.
The fan filter should be cleaned or replaced every 12 months.
When the RFU’s fan filter need to be replaced, the alarm “RFU extreme temperature” is raised.
11.11.1 Fan Filter Replacement
RFU-A filters should be replaced at least once a year. This section describes the procedures for removing an old filter and inserting a new filter in an RFU-A.
11.11.1.1 List of items
Description Quantity Part Number
RFU-A NEBS Filter Replacement Kit 1 MK-3448-0
11.11.1.2 Removing a Used RFU-A Filter
1 Release the three captive screws (by hand).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 159 of 353
2 Pull out the fans cover slowly without removing the whole fans drawer.
Note: If the fan cover is released, re-connect it.
3 Remove the filter frame from the fans cover.
4 Remove the filter foam from the filter frame.
11.11.1.3 Inserting a New Filter Assembly
1 Insert the new filter foam into the filter frame as shown below.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 160 of 353
2 Slide the filter frame into the fans cover. 3 Slide the filter frame back into place.
4 Secure the filter cover back into place by tightening the three captive screws (by hand).
11.12 Assembling the Blank Panel
The blank panel is a standalone kit, and is supplied as part of a specific configuration. The purpose of the blank panel is to protect the unused slot of the chassis from unintentional damage.
Each blank panel is assembled with 2 screws supplied in the blank panel’s kit
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 161 of 353
Assembling the Blank Panel
11.13 Detailed System Configurations
This section provides step by step installation procedures for the various RFU-A system configurations.
Some of these installation procedures are common to all configurations (for example, housing installation inside the rack and blank panel assembly. These procedures have been described in length in the preceding sections and the user should refer to them whenever necessary.
This section only deals with the RF portion of system configuration (RFU-A and its branching network).
In this section, special attention is given to configuration-specific issues.
11.13.1 1+0
1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide in the 1+0 branching drawer. Make sure the orientation is in
accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
1+0 Branching Drawer (TX High Orientation)
4 Slide a single RFU-A module into slot 1.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 162 of 353
5 Assemble the blank panel. 6 Connect the IF cable. 7 Assemble the decorative panel.
1+0 Front View
1+0 Rear View
11.13.2 1+1HSB (Hot Standby)
1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide the 1+1 HSB branching drawer into the chassis. Make sure the
orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 163 of 353
1+1HSB branching drawer (TX High Orientation)
4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and slot 2. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.
1+1 HSB Front View
1+1HSB Rear View
11.13.3 2+0 SP (Single Polarization)
1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide the 2+0 branching drawer into the chassis. Make sure the orientation
is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
The drawer contains four narrow filters, routed to the chassis backplane.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 164 of 353
2+0 SP Branching Drawer (TX-High Orientation)
4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and slot 2. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.
2+0 SP - Front View
2+0 SP - Rear View
11.13.4 4+0 SP (Single Polarization)
1 Assemble two empty chassis one on top of the other inside the rack. The lower chassis in this configuration should be installed in an inverted position, as shown in Two Chassis Installation – Lower Chassis is Inverted on page 148.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 165 of 353
2 Connect the U-bend, L-bend and termination as described in Assembling Branching Elements on page 153.
4+0 SP: L-Bend, U-Bend and Termination Assembly
3 Slide the 2+0 branching drawers into the top and bottom drawers.
2+0 SP Branching Drawer (TX-High Orientation) Used in 4+0 SP Configuration
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 166 of 353
To keep symmetrical branching loss over the link, it is recommended to assemble the branching drawers and configure the RFU-A units as follows:
RFU-A TX f1
RFU-A TX f3
2+0 f1_2 drawer RFU-A TX f2
RFU-A TX f42+0 f3_4 drawer
RFU-A TX f1'
RFU-A TX f3'
2+0 f1_2 drawer***RFU-A TX f2'
RFU-A TX f4' 2+0 f3_4 drawer ***
Site A
Site B
*** Same drawer, installed physically inverted
Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and 2 in both chassis. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panels.
4+0 SP Front View
4+0 SP Rear View
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 167 of 353
11.13.5 2+0 DP (2+0 Dual Polarization) OR 1+1SD-ST (Space Diversity Split Transmitter)
Notes: From a branching point of view, the difference between the 2+0 DP and 1+1SD-ST configurations is the origin of the waveguides connected to each of the L-bends.
Although in a 2+0 DP configuration the waveguides are connected to H and V-feeds from the same antenna (V and H), in a 1+1SD-ST configuration, each L-bend is connected to a different antenna using a single polarization.
The non-branching related difference is a different user configuration of the data unit: Either XPIC for 2+0 DP or 1+1 SD base band switching for 1+1SD-ST.
1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other with none of the chassis inverted.
2 Connect the L-bends and terminations.
2+0 DP/1+1SD-ST Rear View
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 168 of 353
3 Slide in the branching drawers. In this configuration, the branching drawers are identical to branching drawers used for a 1+0 configuration. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
1+0 Branching Drawer Used for 2+0DP/ 1+1 SD-ST (TX-High Orientation)
4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 in each chassis. 5 Connect the IF cable. 6 Assemble the blank panels, covering slot 2 at every housing. 7 Assemble the decorative panel.
2+0 DP / 1+1SD-ST Front View
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 169 of 353
11.13.6 2+2 DP (Dual Polarization – Protected)
1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other with none of the chassis inverted.
2 Connect the L-bends and terminations.
2+2 Rear View
3 Slide in the branching drawers. In this configuration, the branching drawers are identical to the branching drawers used in a 1+1 configuration. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).
1+1HSB Branching Drawer, Used for 2+2DP (TX High Orientation)
4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and 2 in each chassis. All RFU-A slots must be populated.
5 Connect the IF cable. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 170 of 353
2+2 DP Front View
11.13.7 1+1 SD (Space Diversity) Standard Configuration
In this configuration, both transmitters are routed to the main antenna together with the main receiver, while the diversity receiver is connected to the diversity antenna.
This configuration uses a standard chassis and unique branching drawers as follows.
1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other, with none of the chassis inverted.
2 On the rear side, disconnect the left connector from both chassis.
Figure 1: 1+1 SD – Disconnecting the Left Connector
3 Connect the cable from the bottom chassis to the left connector in the upper chassis.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 171 of 353
1+1SD Backplane Cables Routing
4 Attach the bottom free loose cable to the chassis using a zip tie.
5 Connect the L-bends and terminations.
1+1SD Rear View
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 172 of 353
6 Slide in the branching drawers:
i Slide the 1+1SD coupler drawer into the top chassis. For this configuration, the coupler drawer is not symmetrical. Nevertheless it should be installed inverted in the TX-low site.
ii Note the TX-High/TX-Low indication on the branching drawer for correct site installation.
1+1SD TX-High 1+1SD TX-Low
iii Slide the 1+0i drawer into the bottom chassis. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration. For a TX-low site, this type of drawer should be installed inverted.
1+0i (TX-High Orientation)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 173 of 353
7 TX / RX configuration:
1+1SD Front View
Viewing the chassis in its upright position as in the figure above, with the FU-A IF connectors on the left side:
Left frequency label indicates RX frequency.
Right frequency label indicates TX frequency.
8 Slide the RFU-A units into the top chassis only. The bottom chassis contains no RFUs in this configuration.
1+1SD Configuration Front View
9 Connect the IF cables to the IDU units.
i The left RFU-A is MAIN.
ii The right RFU-A is DIVERSITY.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 174 of 353
11.13.8 East/West Installation – for Every Configuration
Every configuration explained in this guide can also be installed for East/West(E/W). Mechanical facilitation of E/W installation introduces the waveguide clearance challenge, as two sets of waveguides must be installed in the same rack.
To support the E/W configuration in this respect, one of the sets (East or West) should be installed mechanically inverted to enable mechanical waveguide clearance.
The following drawings demonstrate this concept:
2+0 DP - Regular Configuration 2+0 DP - East/West Configuration
2+0 DP - Regular Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)
2+0 DP - East/West Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 175 of 353
4+0 SP - Regular Configuration 4+0 SP - East/West Configuration
4+0 SP - Regular Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)
4+0 SP - East/West Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 176 of 353
11.13.9 Upgrading from 1+0 to 4+0 SP
1 Start with a 1+0 configuration.
1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 1
2 Add a second inverted chassis beneath the first one.
1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 2
3 Connect a U-bend, terminations, and L-bend on the back.
1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 3
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 177 of 353
4 Replace the drawers with 2+0 drawers and slide in the additional RFU-A units.
1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 4
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 178 of 353
11.13.10 Upgrading from 1+1 HSB to 2+2 DP
1 Start with a 1+1HSB configuration.
1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 1
2 Add an additional empty chassis beneath the top one. The second chassis should not be inverted.
1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 2
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 179 of 353
3 Connect L-bend type 2 and termination to the lower chassis.
1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 3
4 Slide a 1+1HSB drawer and the RFU-A units into the lower chassis.
1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 4
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 180 of 353
12. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP
This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP. These procedures are identical for both types of RFU.
The procedures include the following:
Remote Mount Installation - Installing the RFU on the antenna pole in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.
Direct Mount Installation - Installing the RFU directly on the antenna in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.
12.1 Remote Mount Installation
This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-HS and the RFU-SP in remote mount 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.
The components involved in this procedure include the following:
1 or 2 RFUs
Pole Mount Kit
Coupler Holder
Coupler
O-Ring
Flexible Waveguide
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 181 of 353
12.2 Installation Components
The following photos show the components involved in the installation procedures.
Pole Mount Kit FibeAir RFU-HS/SP
Coupler Holder
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 182 of 353
Coupler O-Ring used to Seal the RFU-Coupler Contact Point
RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter Flexible Waveguide
12.3 Remote Mount 1+0 Installation
To install FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP in a 1+0 remote mount configuration:
1 Connect the Pole Mount Kit to the pole, using 4 nuts and bolts.
WARNING!
Make sure the nuts and bolts are tightened properly, and the washers are in place. A loosely installed RFU may fall and cause damage to humans and/or equipment.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 183 of 353
Pole Mount Kit Fastening to the Pole
2 Connect the Coupler Holder to the Pole Mount Kit, using 4 bolts and washers.
Coupler Holder Connected to Pole Mount Kit
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 184 of 353
3 Insert the O-Ring in its groove on the RFU.
O-Ring Insertion on the RFU
4 Connect the RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter to the RFU, using 4 Allen screws.
Important! Apply silicon grease to the flexible waveguide flange, to seal the contact point between the RFU cover-to- flexible
waveguide adapter and the RFU, from water and other elements.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 185 of 353
RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter Connection to the RFU
5 Connect the RFU to the Coupler Holder, using 4 Allen screws.
RFU Connected to the Coupler Holder
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 186 of 353
6 Connect the Flexible Waveguide to the RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide-Adapter using 8 Allen screws.
Waveguide Connection to the RFU
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 187 of 353
12.3.1 Completed 1+0 Installation
The following illustration shows the completed 1+0 installation.
Completed 1+0 Installation
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 188 of 353
12.4 Remote Mount 1+1 Installation
To install FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP in a 1+1 remote mount configuration:
1 Connect the Pole Mount Kit to the pole, using 4 bolts.
WARNING!
Make sure the bolts are tightened properly, and the washers are in place. A loosely installed RFU may fall and cause damage to humans and/or equipment.
Pole Mount Kit Fastening to the Pole
2 Insert the Coupler in the Coupler Holder, and fasten it using 6 Allen screws.
Coupler Connection to Coupler Holder
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 189 of 353
3 Connect the Coupler Holder (with the Coupler) to the Pole Mount Kit, using 4 bolts.
Coupler Holder Connection to Pole Mount Kit
4 Insert the O-Ring in its groove on the RFU and apply silicon grease. The grease is used to seal the contact point between the RFU and the coupler from water and other such elements.
O-Ring Insertion on the RFU
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 190 of 353
5 Connect an RFU to the Coupler Holder (with the coupler), using 4 Allen screws.
RFU Connection to the Coupler Holder
6 Connect the other RFU to the Coupler Holder, using 4 Allen screws.
Second RFU Connection to the Coupler Holder
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 191 of 353
7 Connect the Flexible Waveguide to the Coupler port, using 6 Allen screws.
Flexible Waveguide Connection to the Coupler
12.4.1 Completed 1+1 Installation
The following illustration shows the completed 1+1 installation.
Completed 1+1 Installation
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 192 of 353
12.5 Direct Mount Installation
This section provides instructions for the direct mounting of FibeAir RFU-HS and FibeAir RFU-SP for 6, 7, and 8 GHz systems on the antenna.
The instructions are for the following system configurations:
FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+0
FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1
Note: The direct mount RFU is connected to antennas with Ceragon and standard interfaces. For details, please refer to the Ceragon price list.
12.5.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems
To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP 1+0 RFU on the antenna, do the following:
1 Insert two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0) with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) in the two top threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.
Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 193 of 353
2 For 7/8 GHz, connect the WR112 twist (MA-0604-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0190-0) and four #8 spring lock washers (JC-0004-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).
For 6 GHz, connect the WR137 twist (MA-0659-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).
For 11 GHz, connect the WR90 twist (MA-0662-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 194 of 353
The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 195 of 353
3 For 6 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0660-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).
For 7 and 8 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0645-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 196 of 353
4 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU cover, on the two M8 captive screws.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 197 of 353
5 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) on the bottom threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.
Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:
i First tighten the upper right screw
ii Then tighten the lower left screw iii Then tighten the upper left screw
iv Then tighten the lower right screw.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 198 of 353
12.5.1.1 Completed 1+0 Installation
The following photo shows the completed 1+0 installation.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 199 of 353
12.5.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems
To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1 RFU on the antenna, do the following:
1 Insert two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0) with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) in the two top threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.
Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.
2 For 6 GHz, connect the WR137 twist (MA-0659-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the WR137 coupler.
For 7/8 GHz, connect the WR112 twist (MA-0604-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0190-0) and four #8 spring lock washers (JC-0004-0), to the WR112 coupler.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 200 of 353
The following illustrations show the polarization settings.
3 For 6 MHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0660-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the coupler holder (MA-0602-X).
For 7/8 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0645-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the coupler holder (MA-0602-X).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 201 of 353
4 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the coupler adapter, on the two M8 captive screws.
5 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) on the bottom threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 202 of 353
6 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:
i First tighten the upper right screw ii Then tighten the lower left screw
iii Then tighten the upper left screw
iv Then tighten the lower right screw.
12.5.2.1 Completed 1+1 Installation
The following photo shows the completed 1+1 installation.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 203 of 353
12.6 Direct Mount Installation for 4/6 ft. Nokia Antennas
This section provides instructions for the direct mounting of 7/8 GHz systems in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations, for 4/6 ft. Nokia antennas.
12.6.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems
To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+0 RFU on the Nokia antenna, do the following:
1 Remove Nokia’s Snap-On bracket, and install two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0), with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0), on the two marked threads of the Nokia antenna interface.
Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.
2 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 204 of 353
3 Connect the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X), using four socket heat cup screws 4-40UNC x 3/8 (JA-0007-0) and four lock spring washers #4 (JC-0005-0).
The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 205 of 353
4 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X).
5 Connect MA-0649-0 using two #8-32 C sink head screws JA-0189-0 (see figures below for polarization).
6 Connect MA-0652-X to the coupler adapter using four M10 socket head cup screws and four M10 spring washers.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 206 of 353
7 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU, on the two M8 captive screws using rotation.
8 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) in the two threads of the Nokia antenna interface.
9 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:
i First tighten the upper right screw
ii Then tighten the lower left screw
iii Then tighten the upper left screw
iv Then tighten the lower right screw.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 207 of 353
12.6.1.1 Completed Assembly
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 208 of 353
12.6.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems
To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1 RFU on the Nokia antenna, do the following:
1 Remove Nokia’s Snap-On bracket, and install two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0), with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0), on the two marked threads of the Nokia antenna interface.
Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.
2 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 209 of 353
3 Connect the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X), using four socket heat cup screws 4-40UNC x 3/8 (JA-0007-0) and four lock spring washers #4 (JC-0005-0).
The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 210 of 353
4 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X).
5 Connect MA-0649-0 using two #8-32 C sink head screws JA-0189-0 (see figures below for polarization).
6 Connect MA-0652-X to the coupler adapter using four M10 socket head cup screws and four M10 spring washers.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 211 of 353
7 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU, on the two M8 captive screws using rotation.
8 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) in the two threads of the Nokia antenna interface.
9 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:
i First tighten the upper right screw
ii Then tighten the lower left screw
iii Then tighten the upper left screw
iv Then tighten the lower right screw.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 212 of 353
9. Assemble the RFUs.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 213 of 353
12.6.2.1 Completed Assembly
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 214 of 353
13. Installing the FibeAir RFU-P
This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-P.
For best results, perform all operations in the sequence in which they are presented in this section.
13.1 Before Installing the RFU-P
DANGER
WATCH FOR WIRES! Installation of this product near power lines is dangerous. For your own safety, follow these important safety rules.
Perform as many assembly functions as possible on the ground.
Watch out for overhead power lines. Check the distance to the power lines before starting installation.
Do not use metal ladders.
If you start to drop the antenna or mast assembly, move away from it and let it fall.
If any part of the antenna or mast assembly comes in contact with a power line, call your local power company. DO NOT TRY TO REMOVE IT YOURSELF! They will remove it safely.
Make sure that the mast assembly is properly grounded.
WARNING!
Assembling antennas on windy days can be dangerous. Because of the antenna surface, even slight winds create strong forces. Be prepared to safely handle these forces at unexpected moments.
13.2 Mediation Device Flange Specifications
The following table lists frequencies, the appropriate waveguide standard for each frequency, and their corresponding antenna/waveguide flange interfaces.
The table should be consulted when installing an RFU and antenna.
Frequency (GHz)
Waveguide Standard
Antenna Flange Interface
Waveguide Flange Interface
6-7 WR137 CPR137G CPR137F
7-8 WR112 CPR112G CPR112F
11 WR90 CPR90G CPR90G
13 WR62 UG-541A/U UG-419/U
15 WR62 UG-541A/U UG-419/U
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 215 of 353
Frequency (GHz)
Waveguide Standard
Antenna Flange Interface
Waveguide Flange Interface
18 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U
23 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U
26 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U
28 WR28 UG-600A/U UG-599/U
38 WR28 UG-600A/U UG-599/U
13.3 Required Components and Equipment
13.3.1 System Components
The following FibeAir components are needed to install one radio link:
Antenna mount and accessories
Antenna
IDU
RFU
Cable
BNC DVM adaptor
13.3.2 Tools and Equipment
The following tools and equipment are needed to install an RFU-P:
Spanners:
10 mm, for antenna
13 mm, for lightning arrestor
14 mm, for N-type connector
16 mm, for N-type connector
17 mm, for pole mount kit
Insulation material
Phillips screwdriver
Sharp cutting knife
13.4 Flow of Operations
Antenna and RFU Installation:
Installing the Antenna and RFU
Initial Antenna Alignment
Connecting the RFU to the IDU using the IF cable
Final Check
Link Commissioning (Chapter 3 in this guide)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 216 of 353
13.5 RFU-P Dimensions
The following illustrations show the RFU-P’s dimensions, in millimeters.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 217 of 353
13.6 Installing the Antenna and RFU
This section details the 1 ft (RFS) antenna assembly. For other antenna sizes and manufacturers, please refer to the antenna assembly instructions provided with each antenna shipped from Ceragon.
13.6.1 General
The following figure shows a 1-foot antenna mounted on a pole.
Mounted 1-Foot Antenna
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 218 of 353
13.6.2 Installation Instructions
WARNING!
It is important to mount the antenna exactly as described in this installation instruction. Ceragon Networks disclaims any responsibility for the result of improper or unsafe installation. These installation instructions have been written for qualified, skilled personnel.
Refer to the following figure while performing the installation.
Antenna Assembly - 1-Foot Antenna
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 219 of 353
1 Place U bolt (A) and safety collar (B) around the pole at the desired height, connect them and tighten in place at a 90 angle to the opposing site direction.
Note: The safety collar assembly shown in the figure above ((A) and (B)) is used to align and support the antenna mount during installation and antenna alignment. Once the mount is in place and alignment is completed, all bolted joints of the antenna mount are tightened and there is no further need for the support provided by the safety collar assembly. It may then be removed for use in future installations.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 220 of 353
2 Connect (C) to (D) at the approximate elevation needed to face the opposing RFU (determined by the bolts fastened to part (C)).
3 Place the assembly constructed above ((C) and (D)) and U bolt (E) around the pole on the safety assembly (attached in Step 1) and connect the two. Before doing this, make sure that the elevation spindle (F) is in hole (G) and loosen the screws on both sides to grant freedom of movement.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 221 of 353
After step 3, the assembly should be as illustrated in the following figure.
4 Attach the antenna (H) to the antenna mount (I).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 222 of 353
Install the antenna with the drain plug side up as shown in the following figure.
Correct Orientation of Antenna
5 Mount the optical viewfinder on the antenna (optional). Locate the opposite site through the viewfinder and loosely tighten the bolts.
6 Roughly align the antenna with the opposing site. This can be done using compass bearings or visually.
Tip: It is sometimes difficult to identify the opposing site. For this reason, it is sometimes helpful to have someone at the opposing site use a reflecting device, such as a hand-held mirror, to reflect sun light towards you. The optical viewfinder can help in initial antenna alignment.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 223 of 353
7 Insert the azimuth spindle (J) into hole (K) and tighten in place.
8 Attach the RFU to the mount assembly using the four latches on the RFU (L). See the following figure.
WARNING!
To verify proper sealing, confirm existence of a rubber O-ring on the antenna, as shown in the following figure.
Important: Apply silicon grease to the O-Ring groove to seal the contact point between the O-Ring unit and the RFU from water and other such elements.
Setting Polarization:
Polarization is determined by the orientation of the RFU. If the handle of the RFU is facing up or down then the polarity is vertical. If the handle of the RFU is to the side then the polarization is horizontal.
Tip: For easy installation and best weather immunity, mount the RFU so that the connectors are facing down.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 224 of 353
9 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector on the IDU and the RFU.
10 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 11 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 12 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover
towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.
Wrapping the Isolation Tape
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 225 of 353
13 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.
Molding the Coaxial Seal
14 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal, simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.
Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.
Important! Connect and disconnect the IDU from the RFU only when power is OFF.
15 Turn the IDU power switch ON.
13.6.3 Initial Antenna Alignment using the Headset
1 Connect the headset BNC adapter to the RFU. 2 Connect the headset to the adapter and put it on.
If a tone is heard, your initial alignment is OK. Now you can adjust the aim to find the highest tone pitch and proceed to the final alignment below.
If no tone is heard, the initial alignment is not satisfactory.
Tip: It is recommended to use the optical viewfinder for initial alignment. In this case, loosen the azimuth bolts, adjust azimuth and tighten in the position where the highest tone is heard. If this does not help, adjust elevation and then azimuth. See directions below.
Tip: It is recommended that two people perform this installation and alignment procedure, one at each RFU site, with the ability to communicate with each other.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 226 of 353
13.6.4 Azimuth Alignment
1 Loosen the nuts shown in the following figure and rotate the antenna and mount, pointing it to the location of the opposing antenna.
2 Slowly sweep the antenna in azimuth using the azimuth adjustment nuts. 3 If the desired signal is not found, increase or decrease elevation setting
and repeat the azimuth sweep.
Adjusting Azimuth - 1-Foot Antenna (with safety collar)
13.6.5 Elevation Alignment
1 Loosen elevation adjustment bolts and nuts to adjust elevation (refer to the following figure).
2 Align pointer or edge of clamp with appropriate mark at the desired elevation reading.
3 Make an approximate setting. Temporarily tighten elevation bracket nuts.
Adjusting Elevation - 1-Foot Antenna
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 227 of 353
4 Once you attain the highest audible tone, disconnect the BNC headset adapter.
This completes initial alignment of the system.
13.7 Alignment Verification (checking actual receive level)
When pivoting the antenna 2 in azimuth and elevation during antenna alignment, three distinct lobes are probable: the two side lobes and the center (main) lobe.
To ensure optimum system performance, the center lobe of the antenna must be aligned with the center of the opposing antenna in the link.
The initial alignment procedure explained in the previous section allows you to align the system to the peak of a lobe. However, it is difficult to make sure that the system is aligned to the center lobe using the tone heard through the headset. Therefore, following the initial alignment procedure you must perform the final alignment verification explained below in order to make sure that the system is aligned to the center lobe by verifying that the actual received signal level corresponds to the expected receive signal level.
When the antenna is aligned to a side lobe, the expected RSL is at least 25 dB less than the calculated unfaded RSL.
Antenna Alignment - Main and Side Lobes
1 Connect a DVM (Digital Voltmeter) BNC adapter to the RFU. 2 Set the DVM to 2 VDC.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 228 of 353
3 Turn the DVM on. The reading on the DVM indicates receive signal level. For example, if -1.44V is displayed, receive signal level is -44 dBm.
4 Compare the value displayed on the DVM to the expected value. 5 If the received signal level is within ±4 dB of the expected calculated level,
tighten all bolted joints and remove the safety assembly.
Warning
It is important to verify that the antenna is aligned to the center lobe peak. Proper alignment reduces the sensitivity to antenna movement, which can be due to strong winds or any other forces.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 229 of 353
13.8 Final Check
When the antenna is installed, make sure that all aspects of the installation instructions have been followed. Check that all bolted joints are tightly locked, and connect and cover the coax cable connector as follows:
1 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector.
2 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 3 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 4 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover
towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.
Isolation Tape
5 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.
Molding the Coaxial Seal
6 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.
Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 230 of 353
13.9 Safety and Grounding
The pole, antenna mount assembly, and feed cables must be grounded in accordance with current national and local electric codes to protect from surges due to nearby lightning strikes.
Clamps that provide a solid connection between ground wire and ground source should be used.
The antenna installation and initial alignment is now complete. Verify the installation using the process provided below and repeat this procedure for the antenna at the other end of the link.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 231 of 353
14. Connecting an IDU to an RFU
An IDU is connected to an RFU by means of a coaxial cable between the N-Type connectors in the IDU and the RFU.
RFU Interface on IDU Front Panel
1 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector.
2 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 3 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 4 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover
towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.
Isolation Tape
5 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.
Molding the Coaxial Seal
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 232 of 353
6 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.
Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.
7 Route the Coax Cable from the IDU to the RFU and terminate it with N-type male connectors.
Note: Make sure you fasten the cable along the ladder!
Important! Make sure that the inner pin of the connector does not exceed the edge of the connector.
The cable should have a maximum attenuation of 30 dB at 350 MHz.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 233 of 353
15. Initial System Configuration
This section describes the basic configuration steps for an IP-10 radio link, including the following main procedures:
Establishing a Connection with the IDU
Launching
Upgrading the IDU Software
1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 234 of 353
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 235 of 353
Configuring IDU Management
Configuring the Radio Parameters
Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode
Configuring Ethernet Interfaces
The purpose of this section is to configure those IDU parameters necessary to establish basic connectivity. For instructions on advanced configuration, such as QoS and Synchronization, refer to one of the following management guides, depending on the management application you are using:
FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688
FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide – DOC-00023199
PolyView User Guide – DOC-00008492
Note: The instructions in this chapter are written for the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS). However, most of the procedures described in this chapter can also be performed using the CLI or the PolyView NMS.
For basic instructions how to perform initial configuration of certain special features and configurations, such as protection and diversity, refer to Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options on page 283.
15.1 Establishing a Connection with the IDU
The default factory configuration of a new IP-10 IDU is:
IP Address: 192.168.1.1, IP Mask 255.255.255.0.
Active management port: port #7 (far right RJ45 port), out-of band management.
License: Basic – capacity 10Mbps, no ACM, Smart Pipe (only GbE ports, ports #1 or #2)
SW package: Basic - 1.1.1
Protection: Disabled. 1+0 configuration
To establish a connection with the IDU:
1 Verify that no Ethernet traffic (cables or fibers) is connected. 2 Power up the IDU.
3 Connect your PC or laptop to the IDU management port (port #7, far right RJ45 port).
4 Set your PC or laptop to the following configuration:
IP Address: 192.168.1.240
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 236 of 353
IP Mask 255.255.255.0
No default gateway.
5 Verify connectivity to the IDU by pinging 192.168.1.1. If there is no connectivity, verify IDU IP management configuration using the Command Line Interface (CLI). For more information about the IP-10 CLI, refer to Appendix D: CLI Overview on page 342.
15.2 Launching the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS)
You can use the IP-10 Web-Based Management to perform initial IDU configuration. To launch Web-Based Management:
1 Start your web browser. 2 In the URL address field at the top, type http://yourIP, where yourIP is the
IP address of the IDU (192.168.1.1). 3 Press Enter. The IP-10 Login page is displayed. 4 Enter the user name and password:
Default user name: admin
Default password: admin.
5 Click Login. The main management page is displayed.
Configuration and other operations are performed by clicking the menus on the left side of the page.
Note: For detailed information about Web-Based Management, refer to FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, Doc ID: DOC-00018688 Rev. a.17.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 237 of 353
15.3 Upgrading the IDU Software
New IDUs contain the basic software version (1.1.1), and require a software upgrade in order to support all system features. You must download the new software by FTP.
When downloading software, the IDU functions as an FTP client. You must install FTP server software on the PC or laptop you are using to perform the software upgrade. You may use Windows FTP Server or any other FTP server application to perform the upgrade.
15.3.1 Downloading IDU Software Files
IDU software files are Linux RPM files (14 files or more). The software files can be downloaded from Ceragon's FTP site, in a single zipped package.
Note: You can obtain the latest software version and release notes at Ceragon’s FTP site. For access to the site, contact [email protected].
To download IDU software files:
1 Download the latest software ZIP file from the FTP site and save it to your PC or laptop in the directory C:\updates.
2 Extract the ZIP file to C:\updates. 3 Move the ZIP file to another location on your directory. 4 If necessary, download the latest software file for your system’s RFU,
following the above steps.
15.3.2 Installing the FTP-Server Software
You can install and use any FTP-Server software for the IDU software upgrade. Ceragon recommends using FileZilla_Server-0_9_26 software that can be downloaded from the Internet (freeware) or from Ceragon's FTP site.
To download FileZilla:
1 Download the file FileZilla_Server-0_9_26.zip from the Internet or Ceragon's FTP site and store it on your PC or laptop.
2 Extract the file and run the installation setup. Do not change any of the installation default settings.
15.3.3 Configuring the FTP Server Software
After installing FileZilla, you must configure it to enable the IDU software download using FTP.
To configure FileZilla:
1 Stop Windows default FTP services:
i From the Control Panel, select:
Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services, or
Systems and Maintenance > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 238 of 353
Note: This depends on the version of Windows you are running, and on your Control Panel setup.
If Internal Information Services does not appear, Windows FTP was not installed and you may proceed to Step 2.
ii Drill down to Default FTP Site. If there is no FTP Sites folder, Windows FTP was not installed and you may proceed to Step 2.
iii Right-click and select Stop.
2 Select Programs > FileZilla Server > FileZilla Server Interface to launch the FileZilla Server Interface. The Connect to Server window is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 239 of 353
3 Click OK. The FileZilla Server window is displayed.
4 In the FileZilla Server window, select Edit > Users > Shared Folders. The Users window is displayed.
5 In the Users section of the Users window, click Add. The Add user account window is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 240 of 353
6 In the upper field of the Add user account window, enter anonymous. 7 Click OK. 8 In the Shared Folders section of the Users window, click Add. The Browse
for Folder window is displayed. 9 In the Browse for Folder window, select Local Disk (C:).
10 In the Files section of the Users window, select Read, Write, and Delete.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 241 of 353
11 Verify that your configuration is identical to the configuration displayed in the following window:
12 Click OK to close the FileZilla server.
15.3.4 Launching the FTP Server Software
To launch the FTP server software:
1 Select Programs > FileZilla Server > FileZilla Server Interface. The Connect to Server window is displayed.
2 Click OK. The FileZilla Server window is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 242 of 353
3 Verify that the FTP server is running. A yellow lightning bolt should appear on the top left corner, and Logged on should appear in the main window.
15.3.5 Installing the Updated IDU Software
You can use the Web-Based EMS to install the latest IDU software.
1 Verify that the new software files are stored in the directory C:\updates on your PC or laptop.
2 Verify that the FTP-Server is configured and running. For details, refer to Launching the FTP Server Software on page 241.
3 Verify that Windows Firewall is disabled!!! 4 Connect to the IDU and launch Web-Based Management. For details, refer
to Launching on page 236. 5 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the
Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Versions > IDU. The IDU Versions page is displayed, including the following columns:
Running Version is the version that is currently running on the IDU.
Installed Version are IDU software files that were successfully installed.
Upgrade Package are IDU software files that were successfully downloaded to the IDU, and are ready to be installed when IDU upgrade is executed.
Downgrade Package are IDU software files that were successfully downloaded to the IDU, and are ready to be installed when IDU downgrade is executed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 243 of 353
6 Check the Running Version column for the IDU you are configuring to determine if it is the latest software version. If it is not, proceed with the following steps.
7 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Software Management. The Software Management screen is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 244 of 353
8 Click FTP Parameters. The Remote Server FTP Parameters page is displayed.
9 In the Remote Server FTP Parameters page, enter the remote FTP-Server details as they appear in the figure above:
Remote SW Update server URL: ftp://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/updates/, where the IP address is the IP address of the PC or laptop from which you are installing the software upgrade.
Remote server login: anonymous
Remote server password: leave blank
10 Click Apply. The Remote Server FTP Parameters window closes.
11 In the Software Management page, click Download to begin transferring the new software version to the IDU. All files in the C:\updates directory of your PC or laptop are transferred to the IDU, but the files are not activated. This process may take a few minutes.
12 Click Upgrade All to install the new software files. This may take few minutes until completed.
13 Once the download and upgrade have been completed, restart the IDU.
15.3.6 Loading a License Key
New IDUs are delivered with a basic license:
License: Basic - capacity 10Mbps, no ACM, Smart Pipe (only GbE ports, ports #1 or #2)
Feature and capacity upgrades are implemented through manual entry of a license key based on the IDU's Serial number. Contact Ceragon in order to obtain your license key.
To enter the license key for an upgrade:
1 Connect to the IDU and launch the Web-Based EMS. For details, refer to Launching on page 236.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 245 of 353
2 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Unit Parameters. The Unit Parameters page is displayed.
3 Verify that the three left characters of the license key match the three right characters of the IDU Serial Number, displayed near the bottom of the Unit Parameters page.
Note: You may have to scroll down the Unit Parameters page to display the IDU Serial Number.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 246 of 353
4 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Licensing. The Licensing page is displayed.
5 Enter the license key in the License code field. 6 Click Apply. 7 Restart the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the
Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Licensing. The Licensing page is displayed.
9 Verify that the license parameters were updated.
Note: You may use the Demo license for 60 days for full capacity and a full feature-set.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 247 of 353
15.3.7 Saving IDU Parameters
1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 248 of 353
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
15.4 Configuring the Security Settings
This section describes how to configure the IP-10G security settings. Security settings can be divided into the following categories:
User access control: Restricting system access to authorized users.
Secure communication channels: End-to-end encrypted channels for management.
Security log: A tool to analyze undesired or unauthorized changes in the system security configuration.
Note: Security features can be configured by users with administrator privileges, via the Web-Based EMS or the CLI
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 249 of 353
15.4.1 Configuring Users
To add a user using the Web-Based EMS:
Note: You can also use the CLI to add users. For instructions, refer to the FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide, DOC-0002319.
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > Users & Groups. The Users & Groups page is displayed.
Web-Based EMS – Users & Groups Page
2 Click Add User to create a new user to the IDU. The Add User window is displayed.
3 In the Add a user window, enter the following information:
User privilege - Can be one of the following:
Viewer - This user cannot configure parameters, but only view them.
Operator - This user can configure all parameters in the system, except for security-related parameters (such as adding privilege groups).
Admin - This user has all Operator privileges, as well as the ability to add new users.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 250 of 353
Tech (technician) - Has all Admin privileges, as well as access to the Linux OS shell.
User name - The name for the user in the system.
Password - The password for authenticating the user. To enhance password strength, passwords must comply with the following rules:
Be at least 8 characters long
Include both numbers and letters (or spaces, symbols, etc.)
Include both uppercase and lowercase letters
When calculating the number of character classes, upper-case letters used as the first character and digits used as the last character of a password are not counted
A password cannot be repeated within the past 5 password changes
Note: By default, when the user logs in for the first time, the system requires the user to change his or her password. To change this setting, select Security > Change Password.
Expiration date – Optionally, click the calendar icon and select an expiration date for the user’s password.
Password Aging - Select the number of days for which this user’s password is valid. When this time has elapsed, the user will be prompted to change passwords. Options are No Aging, and 20 through 48.
4 To apply any change you made, click Apply. 5 To close the Add a user window, click Close.
Note: Users may be suspended after a configurable number of unsuccessful login attempts. Use the login-fail-threshold CLI command to specify the number of consecutive failed logins before blocking a user from attempting to login again. Possible values are 0 to 10. 0 disables blocking users after failed login attempts. Use the blocking-fail-login-time CLI command to configure the number of minutes for blocking access to the system after exceeding the configured threshold for consecutive failed logins. Possible values are 1 to 1440.
15.4.2 Configuring Secure Communications Channels
IP-10G works with several standard encryption protocols and algorithms for increased system security. The following sections provide instructions for configuring these protocols and algorithms:
Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication
Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)
SFTP (Secure FTP)
Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File
The system automatically times out after a specified number of minutes with no activity. To configure this timeout period:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 251 of 353
Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page
2 In the Communication inactivity timeout field, enter the timeout period in minutes. The timeout can be from 1 to 60 minutes..
3 Click Apply.
15.4.2.1 Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication
IP-10G supports Secured Shell protocol (SSH) and Telnet for secure file transfer. SSHv1 and SSHv2 are supported. SSH is always operational. In contrast, Telnet, which is enabled by default, can be disabled.
To disable Telnet:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 252 of 353
Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page
2 In the Telnet protocol field, select Disable. 3 Click Apply.
Server authentication is based on IP-10G’s public key. The key exchange algorithm is RSA. Supported encryptions are: aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc, blowfish-cbc, cast128-cbc, arcfour128, arcfour256, arcfour, aes192-cbc, aes256-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes256-ctr.
The server timeout for authentication is 10 minutes. This value cannot be changed.
15.4.2.2 Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)
In order to manage the system using HTTPS protocol, you must perform the following steps, as described in more detail below:
Upload the public key - The public key should be uploaded by the user for generating the IDU’s digital certificate. Uploads are performed using FTP/SFTP. The public key file will be in PEM format.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 253 of 353
Download IDU server certificate and/or IDU CA certificate (optional) – Downloads are performed using FTP/SFTP. PEM and DER certificate formats are supported.
Activate HTTPS – The web interface protocol can be configured to be HTTP (default) or HTTPS, but it cannot be set to both at the same time.
4 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed (refer to Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page on page 252).
5 Click Upload Public Key. You can monitor the upload status in the Upload public key status field of the Security Configuration page.
Note: You must have operator privileges to use this command.
6 Download an IDU server certificate and/or, optionally, an IDU CA certificate. To do this, you must perform the following steps for each file type:
Note: You must have admin privileges to perform this procedure.
i In the Security file name field, enter the certificate file name. ii In the Security file type field, enter the digital certificate type. Options
are "Target certificate" for WEB server digital certificate, or "Target ca certificate" for WEB CA digital certificate.
iii In the Security file format field, select the certificate file format: PEM (for PEM formatted file) or DER (for DER formatted file).
iv In the WEB CA Certificate field, select Enable if the downloaded file is a “WEB CA digital certificate” or Disable if the file is a "WEB server digital certificate.”
v Click Download Certificate. You can monitor the status of the download operation in the Download security status field in the Security Configuration page.
vi It is recommended to refresh the Security Configuration page once the certificate download operation is complete.
vii To apply the new certificate, the web server should be restarted. The web server is automatically restarted when it is configured to HTTPS.
7 To activate HTTPS, open the web browser and type the following URL: https:\\<IP of target IDU>
While switching to HTTPS mode, the following conditions must exist:
A WEB server certificate file must exist.
The certificate’s public key must be compatible with the IDU’s private key.
Notes: For security reasons, this parameter is NOT copied by a copy to mate operation. An unsecured unit should not be able to override the security parameters of a secured unit just by performing a copy to mate operation.
15.4.2.3 SFTP (Secure FTP) Support
IP-10G supports the use of SFTP can be used for the following operations:
Configuration upload and download
Uploading IDU unit information
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 254 of 353
Uploading a public key
Downloading certificate files
Downloading software
Recommended SFTP (Freeware) servers
freeSSHd : http://www.freesshd.com/?ctt=download
msftpsrvr: http://www.download3k.com/Install-CoreFTP.com-Core-FTP-Mini-SFTP-Server.html
15.4.2.4 Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File
In order to create a digital certificate for an IP-10G unit, or any other network element (NE), a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) file should be generated by the NE. The CSR contains information that will be included in the NE's certificate such as the organization name, common name (domain name), locality, and country. It also contains the public key that will be included in the certificate. Certificate authority (CA) will use the CSR to create the desired certificate for the NE.
When creating the CSR file, you will be prompted to input the following parameters:
Common name – The identify name of the element in the network (e.g., the IP address). The common name can be a network IP or the FQDN of the element.
Organization – The legal name of the organization.
Organizational Unit - The division of the organization handling the certificate.
City/Locality - The city where the organization is located.
State/County/Region - The state/region where the organization is located.
Country - The two-letter ISO code for the country where the organization is location.
Email address - An email address used to contact the organization.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 255 of 353
To generate a CSR file:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.
Web-Based EMS – CSR File Page
2 In the Country name field, enter the two-letter ISO code for the country where the organization is location.
3 In the State or Province Name field, enter the state or region where the organization is located.
4 In the Locality Name field, enter the city where the organization is located.
5 In the Organization name field, enter the legal name of the organization. 6 In the Organizational unit name field, enter the division of the
organization handling the certificate. 7 In the Common Name field, enter the identify name of the element in the
network (e.g., IP address). 8 In the Email address field, enter an email address used to contact your
organization. The common name could be network IP or the FQDN of the element.
9 Click Create CSR file.
15.4.2.5 Generating a security certificate from a CSR file
To generate a security certificate from the CSR text only:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 256 of 353
2 Click the View CSR file link at the bottom of the page. The CSR file is displayed.
CSR File
3 Copy the CSR file to paste into a CSR generator and give it to a certificate generator or the Certificate Authority.
To generate a certificate from a CSR file via upload:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.
2 Enter the name of the CSR file in the Security file name field.
3 Click Apply. 4 When the Upload CSR file status field indicates Ready, click Upload File. 5 Give the CSR file to a certificate generator or the Certificate Authority.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 257 of 353
15.5 Configuring IDU Management
An IP-10G system can be configured to use between 0 and 3 Ethernet management ports. The default number of ports is 2. Ethernet ports 5, 6, and 7 are the only ports that can be assigned to be management ports:
Configured Number of Management Ports Management Interfaces
1 Ethernet 7
2 (default) Ethernet 7, Ethernet 6
3 Ethernet 7, Ethernet 6, Ethernet 5
0 None
Management ports are connected to the switch (bridge) and are configured to Learning mode.
Note: Management ports can be configured to have one of the following capacities: 64kbps, 128kbps, 256kbps, 512kbps, 1024kbps, 2048kbps (default). Capacity is limited by the port ingress rate limit.
15.5.1 Configuring the Management Ports
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Management. The Management window is displayed.
2 From the bottom of the Management window, click Refresh. The current parameters are displayed.
3 In the Number of ports field, specify the number of ports that are used for management data.
4 When you are using In-band management, in the In-band Management VLAN ID field, specify the VLAN ID that is used to identify management traffic.
5 In the Type drop-down menu, select the management mode of operation: In band or Out of band.
6 In the Capacity drop-down menu, select the bandwidth that is allocated to the management port(s).
7 In the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 258 of 353
On - Enables this feature.
Off - Disables this feature.
8 In the Rate drop-down menu, select the bit rate you want for the management port(s).
9 In the Duplex drop-down menu, select Half or Full. 10 Click Apply. The parameters for the management port(s) are configured.
15.5.2 Management in a Nodal Configuration
In a nodal configuration, all management is carried out through the main unit, which communicates with the extension units via the nodal backplane. Therefore, management traffic must reach the main unit in order for management to be available.
A local craft terminal can be used to configure each IDU individually using CLI. However, with the exception of the main unit, functionality is limited to local configurations. Access to all other units is provided via the main unit’s CLI. For remote channels (e.g., Web-Based EMS, PolyView, and Telnet) this requires IP traffic to be directed to the main unit.
The IP address of the node is the address of the main unit in the node. In a 1+1 configuration, the node will have two IP addresses (the addresses of each of the main units) and should be managed via the Active unit.
15.5.3 Configuring Out-of-Band Management
With Out-of-Band management, the remote system is managed using the wayside channel. On both local and remote units, the wayside channel must be connected to a management port using an Ethernet cross-cable. The Wayside channel can be configured to Narrow capacity (~64kbps) or Wide capacity (~2Mbps). It is recommended to use Wide capacity in order to achieve better management performance.
15.5.3.1 Configuring the Wayside Channel
To configure the wayside channel capacity using the Web-Based EMS:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Wayside Channel. The Wayside Channel page is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current settings for the wayside channel are displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 259 of 353
Web-Based EMS – Wayside Channel Page
3 From the Wayside admin drop-down menu, select Enable. 4 From the Capacity drop-down menu, select Narrow or Wide for the
wayside channel capacity. 5 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following
options:
On - The system controls the data flow between the wayside channel and the other active ports.
Off - The data flow between the wayside channel and the other ports is not controlled by the system.
6 From the Duplex drop-down menu, select Full or Half duplex. 7 From the Rate drop-down menu, select the data rate for the port. 8 Click Apply. The settings for the Wayside Channel are configured.
Note: User Wayside channel and Enhanced Traffic Manager PTP optimized transport mode are mutual exclusive features. You should disable the PTP optimized transport mode before enabling the User Wayside channel. For instructions, refer to FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 260 of 353
15.5.3.2 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+0 Link
At least two management ports are required for the local IDU. One port is for local management, and the second port must be connected to the Wayside port.
On the remote unit, the Wayside port must be connected to a management port.
1+0 Out-of-Band management via Wayside channel
15.5.3.3 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+1 Link
At the local site, the active and standby management ports can be connected to the host in either of the following ways:
Using an Ethernet splitter cable connected to an external switch
Using a Protection "Patch Panel"
The Wayside port must be connected to another available management port in each IDU. At the remote site, each IDU’s Wayside port should be connected to a management port.
1+1 Out-of-Band management via WSC (Cable Splitter)
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 261 of 353
1+1 Out-of-Band management via WSC (Patch Panel).
Note: It is possible to use fewer than three patch panels (as depicted above), according to the number of FE interfaces that need to be split (traffic, management, WSC), assuming the IDUs are co-located.
15.5.3.4 Nodal Configuration
In a nodal configuration, it is sometimes necessary to use external equipment in order to transport management to the main unit, as shown in the figure below.
Out-of-Band management in nodal configuration
15.5.4 Configuring In-Band Management
With In-Band management, the remote IDU is managed by specific frames that are sent as part of the traffic. These frames are identified as management frames by a special VLAN ID configured by the user. This VLAN ID must be used ONLY for management. It is NOT possible to configure more than a single VLAN ID for management. For instructions on how to configure the VLAN ID, refer to Configuring the Management Ports on page 257.
Important: It is highly recommended to classify the management VLAN ID to the highest queue, in order to ensure the ability to manage remote units even under congestion scenarios.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 262 of 353
In-Band Management in 1+0 Link
The local unit is the gateway for In-Band management. The remote unit is managed via its traffic ports (the radio port, for example), so that no management ports are needed.
15.5.4.1 Configuring In-Band Management in a 1+1 Link
It is important to follow these instructions carefully in order to avoid management loss to the remote unit. It is mandatory to configure the same management VLAN ID in all units that are part of the same management domain.
In order to configure a protected link to In-Band management, or to change the management VLAN ID, the following steps must be performed, in order:
1 Configure the following units’ management VLAN ID in their order of appearance (even if the unit is still configured to Out-of-Band management):
Remote Standby
Remote Active
Local Standby
Local Active
Note: For instructions on how to configure the VLAN ID, refer to Configuring the Management Ports on page 257.
2 If Metro Switch is used, the Ethertype of the bridge should first be configured on the remote side of the link, then on the local side.
3 Configure all the units listed above to In-Band management. Again, this configuration should be made to the units in the order they are listed above.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 263 of 353
1+1 In-Band Management (Cable Splitter)
1+1 In-Band Management (Patch Panel)
Note: It is possible to use fewer than three patch-panels (as depicted above), according to the number of FE interfaces required to be split (traffic, management, WSC), assuming the IDUs are co-located. When a patch panel is used, straight and short (<0.5m) Ethernet cables should be connected between the IDUs and the panel (these cables are provided by Ceragon). Straight Ethernet cables should be connected from the IDU to the patch-panel.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 264 of 353
15.5.4.2 In-Band Management in Nodal Configurations
In a nodal configuration, it is necessary to transport management traffic to the main unit by using external Ethernet cables.
The following figures show a few examples of relevant topologies and how to connect the cables in each topology.
3:1 (Aggregation 3 to 1)
In-Band management in non-protected node
3:1 (Aggregation 3 to 1) with Protection
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 265 of 353
In-Band management in node with protected main units
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 266 of 353
15.5.4.3 GbE In-Band management in a node
In nodal configurations, the Ethernet bandwidth available between extension units and main units is limited by the Fast Ethernet interfaces to 100Mbps.
In order to achieve resiliency and have a configuration ready for higher bandwidth traffic, it is possible to set up the node in a ring configuration, using optical SFP connections between the IDUs as shown in the following figure.
15.5.4.4 In-Band Management Isolation in Single Pipe Mode
This feature is required by “carrier of carriers” customers that provide Ethernet leased lines to third party users. The third party user connects its equipment to the Ethernet interface of the IP-10, while all the other network interfaces, particularly the radios, are managed by the “carrier of carriers” user. In that case, management frames that are sent throughout the network to manage the “carrier of carrier” equipment must not egress the line interfaces that are used by the third party customer, since these frames will, in effect, spam the third party user network.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 267 of 353
The following figure describes the management blocking scenario.
IP-10 IP-10
Provider Network
Management Center
Mng
Frames
Carrier of carriers network
(Provider Network)
Mng
Frames
Block provider’s
management FramesBlock provider’s
management Frames
3rd
Party User
Network3
rd Party User
Network
In switch modes, it is very easy to achieve the required functionality by a simple VLAN exclude configuration on the relevant ports. However, in Single Pipe mode, VLANs cannot be used to block traffic, since the line and radio interfaces are transparent by definition to all VLANs. Thus, this management blocking capacity is a special feature for Single Pipe applications that blocks management frames from egressing the line interface.
This feature is relevant only to Single Pipe applications. It is also relevant only to standalone units or the main unit in a nodal configuration. There is no purpose in blocking the In-Band management VLAN in extension units, since the management VLAN can be blocked in the Ethernet switch port.
Management isolation and blocking behavior is controlled by the block-management-towards-line CLI parameter. The default is disable. To enable this feature, enter:
block-management-towards-line disable
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 268 of 353
15.6 Configuring the Radio Parameters
You can configure the radio parameters of both the local and remote IDU using the Web-Based EMS.
15.6.1 Configuring the radio parameters of the local IDU
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Parameters. The Radio Parameters page is displayed.
Web-Based EMS – Radio Parameters Page
2 In Tx frequency field, enter the desired transmission radio frequency. 3 In Rx frequency field, enter the desired received radio frequency. 4 Select Set also remote unit to configure the remote unit with the identical
radio frequency configuration. 5 From the Radio IF interface drop-down menu, select Enable to activate
the radio interface 6 From the Mute Tx drop-down menu select one of the following options:
Enable - Activates Tx muting.
Disable - Deactivates Tx muting.
7 In the Max Tx level field, enter the maximum operational Tx value. 8 In the Link ID field, enter the identification number of the link.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 269 of 353
Note: When working with an IDU that has the Link ID feature on one end and an IDU that does not have this feature on the other end, set the Link ID to 1.
9 From the MAC header compression drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Enable - Activates MAC header compression.
Disable - Deactivates MAC header compression.
10 From the bottom of the Radio Parameters window, click Apply. The radio parameters are configured.
Note: After enabling the radio interface, the IDU must be reset.
15.6.2 Configuring the radio parameters of the remote IDU
The Remote Radio window enables you to configure how the remote radio unit operates.
To configure the settings for the remote radio unit:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Remote Radio. The Remote Radio page is displayed.
2 In the Remote IP address field, enter the IP address of the remote unit. 3 In the Remote force max Tx level field, enter the maximum transmit level
that is forced on the remote unit. 4 In the Remote ATPC reference Rx Level field, enter the ATPC Rx level of
the remote unit. 5 In the Remote floating IP address field, enter the floating IP address for
the remote unit (if applicable). 6 To open the remote radio configuration, click Open Remote. 7 To unmute the remote unit transmitter output, click Force Unmute. 8 Click Apply. The remote radio unit settings are configured.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 270 of 353
15.6.3 Configuring the Radio Threshold
To configure the radio threshold levels:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Thresholds. The Radio Thresholds page is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current remote radio unit settings are displayed.
Web-Based EMS – Radio Thresholds Page
3 From the Radio excessive BER threshold drop-down list, select the level above which an excessive BER alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.
4 From the Radio signal degrade threshold drop-down list, select the level above which a Signal Degrade alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.
5 The Radio BER field displays the value above which a BER alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.
6 Click Apply. The radio threshold levels are configured.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 271 of 353
15.6.4 Selecting a Radio Script and Configuring ACM
You can select a radio script and configure ACM in the MRMC Configuration page of the Web-Based EMS.
15.6.4.1 Available Radio Scripts
The following table lists the IP-10G scripts. Some of these scripts may not be available in your system, depending upon your license status.
Note: Special licenses are required for ACM and Asymmetrical scripts.
# Modem Script Bit Rate
[Mbps]
Channel Spacing ETSI/FCC (Occupied BW) [MHz]
Modulation ETSI/FCC
1. 1035 10 3.5 (3.2) 16QAM ETSI
2. 0107 10 7 (6.5) QPSK ETSI
3. 1535 15 3.5 (3.2) 64QAM ETSI
4. 0207 20 7 (6.5) 16QAM ETSI
5. 0407 39 7 (6.5) 256QAM ETSI
6. 0428 38 28 (26) QPSK ETSI
7. 4410 47 10 (9) 64QAM FCC
8. 1528 155 28 (26) 128QAM ETSI
9. XPIC-1528 155 28 (26) 128QAM ETSI
10. XPIC-1828 180 28 (26) 256QAM ETSI
11. 1828 181 28 (26) 256QAM ETSI
12. XPIC-2030 198 30 (29) 256QAM FCC
13. XPIC-2636 260 40 (36.2) 256QAM ETSI/FCC
14. XPIC-3346 337 50 (46.8) 256QAM FCC
15. 3548 350 50 (48) 256QAM FCC
16. XPIC-3656 363 56 (52) 256QAM ETSI
17. ACM-7M(1) 10 – 40 7 (6.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI
18. ACM-7M(1) 10 – 42 7 (6.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI
19. ACM-10M(2) 13 - 59 10 (9) QPSK – 256QAM FCC
20. ACM-10M(2) 13 - 61 10 (9) QPSK – 256QAM FCC
21. ACM-14M(3) 21 – 87 14 (12.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI
22. ACM-14M(3) 21 – 87 14 (13) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI
23. ACM-20M 27– 124 20 (18) QPSK – 256QAM FCC
24. ACM-28M(4) 38 - 181 28/30 (26) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 272 of 353
# Modem Script Bit Rate
[Mbps]
Channel Spacing ETSI/FCC (Occupied BW) [MHz]
Modulation ETSI/FCC
25. ACM-28M(4) 39 - 185 28/30 (27) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
26. ACM-28M(4) 42 - 194 28/30 (28) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
27. ACM-30M 39- 198 30 (28) QPSK – 256QAM FCC
28. ACM-40M 55- 255 40 (36) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
29. ACM-50M 67 - 337 50 (47) QPSK – 256QAM FCC
30. ACM-56M 76 – 367 56 (52) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
31. XPIC-ACM-28M 40-180 28/30 (26.6) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
32. XPIC-ACM-40M 55 - 259 40 (36.2) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
33. XPIC-ACM-56M 76 - 367 56 (52) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC
34. Asymmetric downlink(5)
TX = 21M, RX=7M*
TX = 132
RX = 42
28MHz 256QAM ETSI
35. Asymmetric uplink (5)
TX = 7M, RX=21M*
TX = 42
RX =132
28MHz 256QAM ETSI
36. Asymmetric downlink(5)
TX = 42M, RX=14M*
TX=270
RX=85.5
56MHz 256QAM ETSI
37. Asymmetric uplink (5) )
TX = 14M, RX=42M*
TX=270
RX=85.5
56MHz 256QAM ETSI
Radio Script Notes:
(1) Two ACM-7M scripts appear in the MRMC table.
The first ACM radio script that appears in line 16 is a low-latency script for channel spacing of 7MHz. It has a slightly lower throughput than the second script.
The second script that appears in line 17 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 7MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.
(2) Two ACM-10M scripts appear in the MRMC table.
The first ACM radio script that appears in line 18 is a low-latency script for channel spacing of 10MHz. It has a slightly lower throughput than the second script. It was released in version 6.6.2.
The second script that appears in line 19 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 10MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.
(3) Two ACM-14M scripts appear in the MRMC table.
The first script that appears in line 20 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 14MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.
The second ACM radio script that appears in line 21 is an enhanced latency script for channel spacing of 14MHz. It was released in version 6.6.2.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 273 of 353
(4) Three ACM-28M scripts appear in the MRMC table.
The first script that appears in line 23 in the list above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 28MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.
The second ACM radio script that appears in line 24 is an enhanced capacity and latency script for channel spacing of 28MHz. It was released in version 6.6.2.
The third ACM radio script that appears in line 25 provides even higher capacity and lower latency for channel spacing of 28MHz.
(5) Asymmetrical scripts come in pairs. The downlink script is wide and the uplink script is narrow. For each downlink script its adjacent uplink script must be loaded on the remote side.
Script 34 at the downlink must work with script 35 at the uplink.
Script 36 at the downlink must work with script 37 at the uplink.
15.6.4.2 Selecting a Radio Script in Regular (non-ACM) Mode
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > MRMC. The MRMC window is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current MRMC scripts are displayed.
3 In the Symmetry field, select Normal or Asymmetric to display symmetric or asymmetric scripts.
4 If necessary, filter the MRMC table for only FCC or ETSI scripts:
i In the Standard field, select one of the following options:
All - All scripts are displayed.
FCC - Only scripts that are FCC compliant are displayed.
ETSI - Only scripts that are ETSI compliant are displayed.
ii Click Refresh. The filtered scripts are displayed.
5 Click next to the script you want to use. The script details are displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 274 of 353
6 Click Apply. To select the script.
Note: You must reset the IDU in order to activate the selected script.
15.6.4.3 Selecting an ACM Script
ACM scripts can be distinguished from regular scripts by their ACM prefix. Two options are available for ACM scripts:
ACM Fixed Mode - The ACM engine is disabled.
ACM Adaptive Mode - The radio is adaptive, and the ACM engine is enabled. The selected profile is the maximum bandwidth that the ACM may reach, but never exceed.
To activate an MRMC script for ACM mode:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > MRMC. The MRMC window is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The available scripts are displayed. 3 In the Symmetry field, select Normal or Asymmetric to display
symmetric or asymmetric scripts. 4 If necessary, filter the MRMC table for only FCC or ETSI scripts:
i In the Standard field, select one of the following options:
All - All scripts are displayed.
FCC - Only scripts that are FCC compliant are displayed.
ETSI - Only scripts that are ETSI compliant are displayed.
ii Click Refresh. The filtered scripts are displayed.
5 Click next to the script you want to use. The script details are displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 275 of 353
6 Select the ACM profile you want to use. 7 For ACM Adaptive mode, configure the RFU adaptive mode:
i From the Adaptive Power drop-down menu select one of the following options:
Enable - Activates adaptive power mode for the RFU.
Disable - Deactivates adaptive power mode for the RFU.
ii From the Reference class drop-down menu, configure the reference class for the RFU:
For ETSI, select Class 2, 4, 5B, or 6A.
For FCC, select FCC.
8 Click Apply. The script is activated.
15.6.5 Activating an Asymmetrical Script
To activate an asymmetrical script, you must upgrade the uplink script (narrow TX, wide RX) at one end of the link, and upgrade the downlink script (wide TX, narrow RX) at the other end of the link. This operation requires reset.
The number of TDM trails is determined by the capacity of the uplink (narrow script).
To avoid loss of management while upgrading the scripts, it is recommended to upgrade the remote side first.
Asymmetrical scripts are supported in both R2 and R3 hardware.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 276 of 353
Notes: This feature requires an Asymmetrical Scripts license.
When using an asymmetrical script, the capacity license relates to the TX side of each link.
15.7 Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode
FibeAir IP-10G supports Single Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro Switch configurations. Single Pipe is the default configuration, and does not require a separate license. Configuring the system to Managed or Metro Switch requires a separate license.
15.7.1 Switch Configurations Overview
Single (Smart) Pipe allows only a single GbE interface for traffic (optical GbE-SFP or Electrical GBE, 10/100/1000 mbps). Traffic originating from any GbE interface is sent directly to the radio and vice versa. The Single Pipe method enables you to use QoS configurations. The Fast Ethernet interfaces (10/100 mbps) interfaces are "functional" interfaces (WSC, Protection, Management).
Managed Switch is a 802.1Q VLAN-aware bridge, allowing L2 switching based on VLANs. Each traffic port can be configured as an "access" port or a "trunk" port, as follows:
Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames
Access Specific VLAN should be
associated with the access port
Only untagged frames (or frames
tagged with VID=0 ("Priority
Tagged")
Untagged frames
Trunk
A range of VLANs or all VLANs
should be associated with the trunk
port
Only tagged frames Tagged frames
Hybrid
Specific VLAN is used for the
untagged frames
A range of VLANs are associated
with the tagged frames
Tagged and untagged frames Tagged frames
The Managed Switch method allows QoS configuration, and all Ethernet ports are allowed for traffic.
Metro Switch is an 802.1ad Provider Bridge, allowing Q-in-Q switching capabilities. Each traffic port can be assigned as a "Customer Network" port or a "Provider Network" port. The port attributes are listed in the following table:
Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames
Customer
Network
Specific S-VLAN should be
associated with the
customer network port
Untagged frames or tagged (C-
tag) frames
Untagged frames of
tagged (C-tag) frames
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 277 of 353
Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames
Provider
Network
A range of S-VLANs or all
S-VLANs should be
associated with the
provider network port
Only S-tagged frames, (in
accordance with the configured
"provider ether-type", which is
0x88a8 by default)
S-tagged frames,
carrying the configured
provider ether-type,
(0x88a8 by default)
Note: S-Tag Ether type can be configured to one of the following values: 0x88a8 (default), 0x8100, 0x9100, or 0x9200.
15.7.2 Single Pipe Switch Configuration
This section explains how to configure the Ethernet switch to Single Pipe mode. When you are using the Single Pipe mode, Ethernet switching is disabled, and only a single Ethernet interface is used for traffic. The IDU operates as a point-to-point microwave Ethernet radio.
To configure the Ethernet switch to Single pipe:
1 From the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Ethernet Switch > Switch Configuration. The Switch Configuration page is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet switch configuration is displayed.
Web-Based EMS – Switch Configuration Page
3 Select Single pipe. 4 Click Apply. The IDU is configured to Single Pipe mode.
15.7.3 Managed and Metro switch configuration
The section explains how to configure an IDU for Managed Switch or Metro switch A specific license is required to use Managed Switch or Metro Switch.
To configure the Ethernet switch to Managed Switch or Metro Switch:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Ethernet Switch > Switch Configuration. The Switch Configuration window is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 278 of 353
2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet switch configuration is displayed. 3 From Ethernet Application Type, select one of the following options:
Managed switch - Ethernet switching is enabled and all the ports are used for traffic.
Metro switch - Ethernet switching is enabled and all the ports are used for traffic. You must select this option to use Ethernet Q-in-Q provider switch.
4 Click Apply. The Managed or Metro switch is enabled.
Note: Depending on the current configuration, the Apply button may be located in LAG load balancing section.
5 From the bottom of the Switch Configuration window, click Refresh. The current Switch Configuration parameters are displayed.
Web-Based EMS – Switch Configuration Page for Managed Switch or Metro Switch
6 Configure the LAG load balancing setting.
i In the LAG load balancing section, select one of the following load balancing options:
Simple XOR - Performs XOR on the last three bits of the Packet Source MAC address (SA) and the Destination MAC address (DA). Depending on the XOR result, the system selects the link to be used in the LAG.
The HASH mechanism distributes flows across multiple egress ports in a LAG. It uses a proprietary scrambling function, and uses the last three bits (LSBs) of the DA, SA. This means that two flows with the same three LSB bits, but different MSB bits, still egress on the same port.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 279 of 353
ii In the LAG load balancing section, click Apply. The LAG load balancing options are configured.
7 In the bottom of the Switch Configuration window, click Refresh. The current VLAN ID parameters are displayed beneath the Unit Allowed VIDs section.
8 The following list explains the columns are in the Units allowed VIDs section:
VLAN ID - Specific ID for this VLAN.
Name - Configured name for the VLAN.
Status - Indicates whether this VLAN is Active or Passive.
Member Ports - Lists which IDU ports allow this VLAN.
9 Configure the VLAN IDs for the switch.
i From the Operation drop-down menu, select the VLAN operation you want to perform for the switch:
Set - Add VLANs to the database.
Remove - Remove VLANs from the database.
Change name - Change the name of a configured VLAN.
Disable - Suspend usage of a configured VLAN.
Enable - Activate a configured VLAN.
ii In the Start VID and End VID fields, enter the VLAN start and end IDs. iii In the Name field, specify a unique name for the VLAN.
10 Click Apply. The VLANs for the switch are defined. 11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 as necessary and click Refresh. The parameters of
the defined VLANs are displayed beneath the Unit Allowed VIDs section.
15.8 Configuring Ethernet Interfaces
Port configuration differs somewhat depending on which switching mode your system is using. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
15.8.1 Configuring a Single Pipe Port
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Ethernet Ports. The Ethernet Ports page is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet Ports parameters are displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 280 of 353
Web-Based EMS – Ethernet Ports Page
3 Click next to the port you want to configure. The Ethernet port settings are displayed.
4 From the Port admin drop-down menu, select Enable to activate the port. 5 From the Connector type drop-down menu, select RJ 45 or Optical
connector type.
Note: This field is only relevant for the two GbE ports, Eth1 and Eth2. All the other Ethernet ports are RJ-45 ports only.
6 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Enable - The system controls the flow of data.
Disable - Deactivates the Auto negotiation feature.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 281 of 353
7 From the Port learning drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Enable
Disable
8 From the Flow control drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
On
Off
9 From the Port service type drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Service network point
Access port
Note: The Port service type is configured for the PolyView NMS Ethernet services.
10 Click Apply. The Single Pipe Ethernet port settings are configured.
15.8.2 Configuring a Managed Switch or Metro Switch Port
To configure the settings for an Ethernet port in Managed Switch or Metro Switch mode:
1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Ethernet Ports. The Ethernet Ports page is displayed.
2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet Ports parameters are displayed. 3 Expand the Ethernet port. The port settings are displayed.
4 From the Port admin drop-down menu, select Enable to activate the port. 5 From the Connector type drop-down menu, select RJ 45 or Optical
connector type.
Note: This field is only relevant for the two GbE ports, Eth1 and Eth2. All the other Ethernet ports are RJ-45 ports only.
6 From the Type drop-down menu select the option that is appropriate to your configuration.
i Managed Switch ports can be can be one of the following types:
Access
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 282 of 353
Trunk
Hybrid
ii Metro Switch ports can be one of the following types:
Customer Network
Provider Network
7 In the Default VLAN ID field, enter the default VLAN ID for tagged frames on this port.
8 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Enable - The system controls the flow of data.
Disable - Deactivates the Auto negotiation feature.
9 From the Port learning drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Enable
Disable
10 From the Flow control drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
On
Off
From the Port service type drop-down menu, select one of the following options:
Service network point
Access port
Note: The Port service type is configured for the PolyView NMS Ethernet services.
11 Click Apply. The port settings are configured.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 283 of 353
16. Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options
This chapter includes additional initial configuration instructions for certain configuration options, including:
Configuring 1+1 HSB
Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS)
Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS)
Configuring 2+0
Configuring 2+2 HSB
Configuring XPIC
Configuring Multi Radio
Changing from 1+1 to 2+2
Configuring Multi-Unit LAG
16.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB
This section describes the following installation scenarios:
Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System
Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System
Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System
Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System
16.1.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System
1 Disconnect all cables from the IDUs (radio, traffic, wayside, and protection), except for the management cable.
2 Turn on the Active unit. 3 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active
IDU, or configure the IDU via terminal:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
iii Configure the radio parameters. Refer to Configuring the Radio Parameters on page 268.
iv Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 284 of 353
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 285 of 353
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. v Configure the Ethernet Application Type to set the Switching mode.
Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
4 Configure the required Management Type (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
5 For the Active IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, management might be lost for approximately 50 seconds.
6 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 7 Connect an Ethernet cross cable from the Protection interface of the Active
IDU to the Protection interface of the Standby IDU. 8 Turn on the Standby IDU. 9 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Standby
IDU. 10 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 286 of 353
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 287 of 353
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode
as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
v If you are using Metro Switch, set its Ether Type to the same value as the Active unit’s Ether Type. Possible values are: 0x88a8, 0x8100, 0x9100 and 0x9200.
vi Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
11 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, both units should start communicating, transmitting their local MAC & IP addresses to each other.
12 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.
13 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby IDU. Use a Y splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 288 of 353
14 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. If a Configuration Mismatch alarm is raised:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
15 Connect all traffic, radio, wayside cables to both units (via protection panel, or via splitters).
16 Configure the Ethernet and E1/DS1 interfaces to Enable. 17 Perform a Copy to Mate operation to ensure that both IDUs remain
synchronized:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
18 Disable “Protection Lockout” and verify that there are no alarms on either IDU.
19 Verify that the IDU connected to the RFU fed by the lower attenuation channel of the RF coupler is in Active mode. If this IDU is in Standby mode, enter a Manual Switch command.
Note: The same procedure should be performed on the remote end while installing the radio.
16.1.2 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System
1 On the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 2 Power down the Standby unit (the unit that needs to be replaced). Do not
power down or perform any other action on the Active" unit, since it might be carrying live traffic.
3 Disconnect all cables from the Standby unit, including management, Ethernet, and radio cables.
4 Remove the powered down unit. 5 Insert the new Standby IDU in place of the old Standby IDU. 6 Connect ONLY the management cable and/or the serial COM to the
Standby unit.
Note: It is important to connect a separate management cable to the Standby IDU, rather than managing it via the Protection Panel or a Y splitter. Radio and other line interfaces should not be connected at this stage.
7 Power on the new Standby unit. 8 Set the IP address and Subnet address of the new Standby IDU. You can do
this via the CLI or the Web-Based EMS.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 289 of 353
9 Configure the new Standby IDU as follows:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
ii Upgrade to the software of the new Standby unit to match the software version of the Active unit. Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 290 of 353
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 291 of 353
iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
v If you are using Metro Switch, set its Ether Type to the same value as the Active unit’s Ether Type. Possible values are: 0x88a8, 0x8100, 0x9100 and 0x9200.
10 Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
11 Connect a Protection cable from the Protection interface of the Active IDU to the Protection interface of the Standby IDU.
12 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, both IDUs should start communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.
13 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed. Disconnect the management cable from the new Standby unit.
14 Use a Y Ethernet splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.
15 Verify that the new Standby IDU is set to Standby mode. 16 Connect all traffic, RFU and WSC cables to the new Standby IDU. 17 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm
indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
18 Verify that there are no alarms on either IDU. 19 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off.
16.1.3 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System
1 Disconnect all cables from units (radio, traffic, wayside, and protection), except for management cable.
2 Turn on the Active IDU. 3 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active
IDU, or via terminal configure the IDU Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active IDU, or configure the IDU via a terminal.
4 Perform the following configuration steps on the Active IDU:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 292 of 353
iii Configure the radio parameters. Refer to Configuring the Radio Parameters on page 268.
iv Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 293 of 353
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. v Configure the Ethernet Application Type to set the Switching mode.
Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
vi Configure the required Management Type (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If In-Band management is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
5 For the Active IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, management might be lost for approximately 50 seconds.
6 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On.
Note: Do not insert the Standby unit into its slot or turn its power on at this point.
7 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Standby IDU.
8 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 294 of 353
ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 295 of 353
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode
as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
v Configure the Management Type to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If In-Band is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
9 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. 10 Turn off the power of the Standby IDU. 11 Insert the Standby IDU into its slot in the nodal enclosure. 12 Turn the power of the Standby IDU on. At this point, both IDUs should start
communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.
13 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 296 of 353
14 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby IDU. Use a Y splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.
15 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
16 Connect all traffic, radio, wayside cables to both units via the Protection Panel, or via splitters.
17 Set the Ethernet and E1/DS1 interfaces to Enable. 18 Perform an additional Copy-to-Mate operation to ensure that both IDUs
remain synchronized:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
19 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off. 20 Verify that there are no alarms on either IDU. 21 Verify that the IDU connected to the RFU fed by the lower attenuation
channel of the RF coupler is in Active mode. If this IDU is in Standby mode, enter a Manual Switch command.
Note: The same procedure should be performed in the remote end, while installing the radio.
16.1.4 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System
1 On the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 2 Power down the Standby unit (the unit that needs to be replaced).
Note: Make sure not to power-down or otherwise re-configure the Active unit, to ensure that live traffic is not interrupted.
3 Disconnect all cables from stand-by unit, including management, Ethernet and radio cables.
4 Remove the Standby IDU. 5 Turn on the power on the new Standby IDU, but DO NOT insert it into the
nodal enclosure at this point.. 6 Connect ONLY the management cable and/or serial COM to the new
Standby IDU. Connect ONLY management cable and/or serial COM (craft terminal) to the new Standby IDU.
Note: It is important to connect a separate management cable to the Standby IDU, rather than managing it via the Protection Panel or a Y splitter. Radio and other line interfaces should
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 297 of 353
not be connected at this stage. Set the IP address and Subnet address of the new Standby IDU using the CLI or Web-Based EMS.
7 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:
i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.
ii Upgrade the software version of the Standby IDU to the same version used in the Active IDU. Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.
iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 298 of 353
2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.
3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:
Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.
Server Files Location Path - //
File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).
User name - anonymous
User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.
4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the
Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.
7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-
Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.
9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the
path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to
wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file
dmae_tech.log is here.
Configuring the Security Settings on page 247.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 299 of 353
iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.
v Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band”). If In-Band management is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.
vi For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB.
8 Turn OFF the power of the new Standby IDU. 9 Insert the Standby IDU into its slot in the nodal enclosure. 10 Turn the power of the Standby IDU on. At this point, both IDUs should start
communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.
11 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.
12 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby unit. Use a ‘Y’ splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.
13 Verify that new Standby IDU is set to Standby mode. 14 Connect all traffic, radio, and WSC cables to the new Standby IDU. 15 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm
indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:
i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.
ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.
16 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off.
16.2 Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS)
Space Diversity is a common way to negate the effects of fading caused by multipath phenomena. By placing two separate antennas at a sufficient distance from one another, it is statistically likely that if one antenna suffers from fading caused by signal reflection, the other antenna will continue to receive a viable signal.
IP-10 offers two methods of Space Diversity:
Baseband Switching (BBS) – Each IDU receives a separate signal from a separate antenna. Each IDU compares each of the received signals, and enables the bitstream coming from the receiver with the best signal. Switchover is errorless (“hitless switching”).
IF Combining (IFC) – Signals from two separate antennas are combined in phase with each other to maximize the signal to noise ratio. IF Combining is performed in the RFU.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 300 of 353
Note: IFC Space Diversity is configured in the RFU, and requires a 1500HP RFU.
For BBS Space Diversity, the antennas must be separated by approximately 10 to 20 meters. Any RFU type supported by IP-10 can be used in a BBS Space Diversity configuration. Refer to RFU Selection Guide on page 29.
To enable BBS Space Diversity, the following features must be enabled for both IDUs:
Protection 1+1
Space Diversity
Note: BBS Space Diversity cannot be used together with Multi-Radio or Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM).
16.3 Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS)
Like Space Diversity, Frequency Diversity is a common way to negate the effects of fading caused by multipath phenomena. Frequency Diversity is implemented by configuring two RFUs to separate frequencies. The IDU selects and transmits the better signal. In the event of IDU failure, Frequency Diversity is lost until recovery, but the system remains protected through the ordinary switchover mechanism.
IP-10 implements Frequency Diversity via Baseband Switching (BBS).Each IDU receives a separate signal from a separate antenna. Each IDU compares each of the received signals, and enables the bitstream coming from the receiver with the best signal. Switchover is errorless (“hitless switching”).
BBS Frequency Diversity requires a 1+1 configuration in which there are two IDUs and two RFUs protecting each other at both ends of the link. Frequency Diversity is supported by the 1500HP and the RFU-HP RFUs. Each RFU in a Frequency Diversity node is configured to a different frequency.
To enable BBS Frequency Diversity, the following features must be enabled for both IDUs:
Protection 1+1
Frequency Diversity
In frequency diversity, ATPC and Green mode can be enabled on each RFU independently. You can enable and disable ATPC and Green mode, and can set thresholds on each IDU independently. Since radio channel fading may have a different impact on each frequency, it is recommended to allocate different fade margins for each frequency.
Note: BBS Frequency Diversity cannot be used together with Multi-Radio or Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM).
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 301 of 353
16.4 Configuring 2+0
You can set up an IP-10 system in a 2+0 configuration. A 2+0 system enables you to use Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC), Multi-Radio, or both. For more information, refer to Configuring XPIC on page 304 and Configuring Multi Radio on page 307.
In a 2+0 configuration, each RFU is connected to an IDU via the IDU’s RFU interface.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 302 of 353
16.5 Configuring 2+2 HSB
A 2+2 protection scheme must be implemented by means of a nodal configuration. A 2+2 configuration consists of two pairs of IP-10 IDUs, each inserted in its own main nodal enclosure, with a protection cable to connect the main IDUs in each node. Protection is performed between the pairs. At any given time, one pair is Active and the other is Standby. The Active IDUs transmit to the line and radio, and the standby outputs of the IDUs are set to mute.
A 2+2 scheme is only possible between units in the main nodal enclosure. Extension nodal enclosures (slots 3 through 6) cannot be used in a 2+2 configuration.
In order to deploy a 2+2 configuration, insert the two IDU pairs into separate main nodal enclosures, and connect a protection (RJ-45) cable between the lower IDUs (slot #1) using the protection connector on the front panel. Fast Ethernet, TDM, and optical SFPs must be split between both lower units and between both upper units.
There are three configuration options: protection disabled, 1+1 protection, and 2+2 protection. The configuration is separate in each of the four IDUs, and you must configure 2+2 in all four IDUs.
In a 2+2 configuration, a protection cable must be connected between the two nodes via the Protection interface (RJ45).
All four IDUs in a 2+2 configuration must be the same hardware type (part number) and must be configured to 2+2 protection mode. In addition, both master IDUs need to comply with the following requirements (as in a 1+1 configuration):
Same Ethernet switch application (Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, or Metro Switch).
Same management type (In-Band or Out-of-Band).
Same In-Band VLAN. This VLAN may not be used for traffic.
Different IP addresses within the same subnet.
2+2 external protection can work with or without XPIC, and with or without Multi-Radio. For more information, refer to Configuring XPIC on page 304 and Configuring Multi Radio on page 307. In particular, in this case, all four IDUs must be configured with the same script. Note that changing the script and radio frequencies in the lower IDU will be copied automatically to the upper IDU.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 303 of 353
The following illustration is a block diagram of 2+2 with XPIC and Multi-Radio.
Block Diagram of 2+2 Configuration with XPIC and MR
Units exchanging
protection data
(one is decision, one is
report)
Switching
matrix
Switching
matrix
2+0
pair
(whole pair is active
or stand-by)
MASTER
SLAVE
2+0
pair
(whole pair is active
or stand-by)
XPIC interface
Traffic interfaces
external protection
interface
MGT interfaces
Shelf 1
Shelf 2
f1H-Pol
f1V-Pol
f2H-Pol
f2V-Pol
modem
modem
Ethernet
TDM
TDM
Ethernet
TDM
TDM
Switching
matrix
Switching
matrix
MASTER
SLAVE
modem
modem
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 304 of 353
16.6 Configuring XPIC
Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC) is a feature that enables two radio carriers to use the same frequency with a polarity separation between them. Since they will never be completely orthogonal, some signal cancelation is required.
In addition, XPIC includes an automatic recovery mechanism that ensures that if one carrier fails, or a false signal is received, the mate carrier will not be affected. This mechanism also assures that when the failure is cleared both carriers will be operational.
XPIC can be used in a 2+0 or 2+2 configuration. XPIC can be, but does not have to be, used in conjunction with Multi-Radio. Refer to Configuring Multi Radio on page 307.
16.6.1 Conditions for XPIC
XPIC is achieved using two IDUs inserted in a main nodal enclosure. One IDU is used for the horizontal polarization and the other is used for the vertical polarization.
XPIC IDUs can be placed inside a main node or extension node in any of the following slots: 1 and 2 (main node), 3 and 4 (extension node), and 5 and 6 (second extension node). Slot 1 is the bottom slot in the main node. The data of each polarization is marked by a different value, so the modem cannot lock on the signal of the mate polarization.
When installing an XPIC system, each IDU and each RFU must be the same hardware type. In addition, each IDU on both sides of the link must be set to the same frequency. An appropriate alarm is raised if these requirements are not met.
In order to activate XPIC, an XPIC script should be selected during initial configuration. The same script must be used in all the IDUs on both sides of the link.
After changing a script, the IDU must be reset.
16.6.2 Antenna and RFU Installation
1 Install the dual polarization antenna and point it in the direction of the other site.
2 The antennas should be aligned in order to achieve the highest XPI (in absolute value) during installation, and no less than 25dB. Refer to Displaying XPI Values on page 305.
3 Install the two RFUs on a dual polarization antenna using the appropriate mounting kit, and mark the RFUs with V and H respectively.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 305 of 353
16.6.2.1 IDU-RFU Cable Installation
1 Install two cables between the RFUs and the IDU. Note that cable length difference should not exceed 10 meters.
2 Mark the cables with V and H respectively, and make sure V is connected to the upper IDU and H is connected to the lower IDU. Mark both IDUs respectively.
3 Ceragon indicate that the Lower IP-10 (and in case of enclosure the Bottom slot) as the V and the upper as the H.
16.6.2.2 Antenna Alignment
1 Power up the lower IDU (V) on both ends of the link and configure it to the desired frequency channel, and using the XPIC script with the maximum power.
2 Align the antennas, one at a time, until the expected RSL is achieved. Make sure the RSL achieved is no more than +/-2 dB from the expected level.
16.6.2.3 Polarization Alignment
Polarization alignment is required to verify that the antenna feeds are adjusted, ensuring that the antenna XPD (Cross Polarization Discrimination) is achieved.
Polarization adjustment should only be performed on one antenna.
1 Disconnect the V cable from the V RFU and connect it to the H RFU. 2 Check the RSL achieved in the H RFU and compare it to the RSL achieved
by the V RFU. 3 Verify that the XPI (Cross Polarization Interference) is at least 25dB
where:
sites.both at used onspolarizati orthogonal with RSLLink RSL
sites.both at usedon polarizati same with theRSLLink RSL
XPOL
POL
XPOLPOL RSLRSLXPI
4 If the XPI is less than 25dB, adjust the feed polarization by opening the polarization screw and gently rotating the feed to minimize the RSLXPOL.
Note that polarization alignment is not always possible since the RSLXPOL might fall below the sensitivity threshold of the RFU.
16.6.3 Displaying XPI Values
The current XPI value can be displayed in the Web-Based Management application and the CLI (the value is valid only when the modem is locked on a signal).
Using CLI, enter the command xpi.
Using Web-Based Management:
To view the current XPI value, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Parameters from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 306 of 353
To view XPI performance for intervals of 15 minutes or daily, select PM & Counters > Radio > XPI from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page. The XPI Performance window is displayed.
XPI Performance Window
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 307 of 353
16.7 Configuring Multi Radio
Multi-Radio transmits up to 1 Gb of Ethernet traffic using two radio links. It does this by dividing an Ethernet stream into two streams and assembling these streams back into a single stream at the remote site. The splitting of Ethernet data takes place on the byte level, which is optimal in terms of capacity compared, for instance, to splitting at the packet level. In ACM mode, traffic is split optimally between the two channels based on the current rate of each channel.
Multi-Radio can be used in 2+0 and 2+2 configurations. In a 2+0 Multi-Radio configuration, the IDUs perform in master and slave mode in which each Multi-Radio channel can carry up to 500 Mbps, resulting in a total 1 Gbps capacity.
Another Multi-Radio option is 2+0 with Line Protection. 2+0 Multi-Radio with line protection supplies additional protection for the line interfaces, guaranteeing no single point of failure. In case of failure of any line interface, a protection switch is initiated.
Note: 2+0 Multi-Radio with Line Protection cannot be used with other protection configurations (1+1 HSB and 2+2 HSB).
Because the Multi Radio interface uses the nodal backplane, a nodal configuration is required for Multi Radio. Like XPIC, IDUs in Multi-Radio mode can be placed inside a main node or extension node in any of the following slots: 1 and 2 (main node), 3 and 4 (extension node), and 5 and 6 (second extension node). Slot 1 is the bottom slot in the main node.
Ethernet traffic should be connected only to the lower IDU in a Multi-Radio couple (slots 1, 3, or 5). TDM traffic can be connected to either slot.
Multi Radio can operate with both XPIC and ACM, and with any switching mode:
Smart Pipe
Managed Switch
Metro Switch
Note: Multi-Radio cannot be used together with BBS Space Diversity and Frequency Diversity.
In Multi-Radio mode, traffic is divided among the two carriers optimally at the radio frame level without requiring Ethernet Link Aggregation, and is not dependent on the number of MAC addresses, the number of traffic flows or on their momentary traffic capacity. During fading events which cause ACM modulation changes, each carrier fluctuates independently with hitless switchovers between modulations, increasing capacity over a given bandwidth and maximizing spectrum utilization.
The result is 100% utilization of radio resources in which the Multi-Radio traffic load is balanced based on the immediate radio capacity per carrier.
In the event that one channel goes down due to a fault or a fade condition, the system automatically switches to work with the remaining channel using a graceful degradation mechanism.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 308 of 353
Multi Radio requires that every IDU in the system be configured with Multi Radio Enabled. Each unit must also use the same script and the same hardware version.
In the case of Multi-Radio 2+0 with line protection every IDU in the system must be configured with 2+0 with line protection enabled. As with ordinary Multi-Radio, each unit must use the same script and the same hardware version.
16.8 Changing from 1+1 to 2+2
In order to change the configuration from 1+1 to 2+2 (and vice versa), the system must go through “protection disabled” mode. To switch between configurations, consult the following table:
From\To Disable 1+1 2+2
Disable No reset Slot#1 no reset
Slot#2 reset No reset
1+1 Slot#1 no reset
Slot#2 reset No reset Blocked
2+2 No reset Blocked No reset
The following procedures should be performed when changing units in a 2+2 node:
16.8.1 Replacing Slave Units (Extensions)
1 Set the master IDU in the Active pair to protection lockout:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection Lockout field, select On from the drop-down list.
Using CLI, enter the protection-lockout command.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 309 of 353
2 Insert the new IDU. 3 Power up the new IDU.
4 Enable protection 2+2 HSB:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, select 2+2 hsb from the drop-down list.
5 Copy to Mate:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, click Copy to Mate from the drop-down list.
6 Connect the RFU to the new IDU.
16.8.2 Replacing a Standby Master Unit
1 Set the master IDU in the Active pair to protection lockout:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection Lockout field, select On from the drop-down list.
2 Set the new IDC card in SA mode to default. 3 Reset.
4 Configure the same management type (in/out of band), management VLAN, and Ethernet application.
5 Insert the replacement IDU. 6 Power up the new IDU.
7 Connect the protection cable to the new IDU.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 310 of 353
8 Enable protection 2+2 HSB:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, select 2+2 hsb from the drop-down list.
9 Copy to Mate:
Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, click Copy to Mate from the drop-down list.
10 Connect the RFU to the new IDU.
Note that the force switch and protection lockout commands are performed in the master IDUs only. Copy to mate commands are available in master and slave IDUs separately.
16.9 Configuring Multi-Unit LAG
Multi Unit LAG provides Ethernet line protection for the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) electrical and optical interfaces.
Multi-Unit LAG is supported with any of the following protection features:
1+1 HSB
1+1 Space or Frequency Diversity
2+2 HSB
2+0 Multi Radio with line protection
Multi-Unit LAG is only supported in Single Pipe mode.
Multi-Unit LAG is supported in both standalone and nodal configurations.
Multi-Unit LAG supports both electrical and optical interfaces.
In Multi-Unit LAG, an external switch is connected to the HSB protected IP-10 link by means of two static Link Aggregation (LAG) ports. The external switch can be another IP-10 IDU or any third party equipment that supports static LAG protocol.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 311 of 353
External
switch
Ethernet port 1
Ethernet port 2
(mirroring)
active
standbyLAG
Ethernet port 2
(mirroring)Ethernet port 1
The first LAG port of the external switch is connected to Ethernet port 1 of the active IP-10 unit and the second LAG port is connected to Ethernet port 1 of the standby IP-10 unit. Ethernet port 2 of the active IP-10 unit is connected to Ethernet port 2 of the standby IP-10 unit, as shown in the above figure. This port (port 2) is used for traffic mirroring, as described below.
In the uplink direction (toward the radio), the external switch splits the packets between the two LAG interfaces, which are connected to the active and standby IP-10 units. Ethernet packets received from the LAG interface in the active IP-10 unit are sent to the radio. Ethernet packets received from the LAG interface in the standby IP-10 unit are mirrored to the active IP-10 unit on port 2. The active unit receives these packets from port 2 and sends them to the radio.
In the downlink (from the radio), the active IP-10 unit receives Ethernet packets from the radio and forwards all of the packets to the External Switch through port 1.
To configure Multi-Unit LAG:
1 Enable protection. Each of the IP-10G protection features can work with Multi-Unit LAG.
2 Enable static LAG on the External switch. 3 Connect the External switch LAG interfaces to port 1 of the active and
standby IP-10 units respectively. 4 Connect Ethernet port 2 of the active IP-10 unit to the Ethernet port 2 of
the standby IP-10 unit. 5 Enable Multi-Unit LAG in the active IP-10 unit. Upon enabling, each IDU
will perform the following configurations automatically in both active and standby units:
Enable port 2.
Set a LAG on port 1 and port 2.
Enable mirroring.
6 Upon disabling Multi-Unit LAG, the configuration implemented in Step 0 will be disabled automatically.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 312 of 353
In 2+2 HSB configuration, Multi-Unit LAG can be activated between slot 1 of the active nodal enclosure and slot 1 of the standby nodal enclosure and/or between slot 2 of the active nodal enclosure and slot 2 of the standby nodal enclosure, respectively.
Notes: As a constraint of the LAG protocol, port 1 and port 2 must have the same type of physical interface (e.g., both optical or both electrical).
To improve protection switchover delays, it is recommended to disable auto-negotiation and automatic state propagation on all the interfaces.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 313 of 353
17. Acceptance and Commissioning Procedures
This section provides Ceragon's recommended Acceptance and Commissioning Procedure for a FibeAir IP-10 system. Acceptance and commissioning should be performed after initial setup is complete.
The purpose of this procedure is to verify correct installation and operation of the installed link and the interoperability with customer end equipment.
Ceragon's Acceptance and Commissioning procedure includes the following stages:
Site Acceptance Procedure
Commissioning of radio link in a 1+0 configuration
Commissioning of radio link in a 1+1 configuration
Commissioning of radio link in a 2+0 or 2+2 XPIC configuration
The Site Acceptance Procedure is a checklist that summarizes the installation requirements of the site at which the products were installed.
The commissioning tests cover the required configuration information that should be recorded, and the tests that should be performed on the radio link in 1+0, 1+1, and 2+0 configurations.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 314 of 353
17.1 Site Acceptance Procedure
The purpose of the following procedures is to verify that all installation requirements were noted and checked. Following this procedure will ensure proper, long-lasting, and safe operation of the product.
The checklist below summarizes the installation requirements of the site.
SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST
1. SITE INFORMATION
Customer:
Radio model:
Site name:
Site code:
Radio link code:
Site address:
2. ANTENNA MOUNTING
Antenna mount type:
Mount is of sufficient height to clear local obstructions OK
Mount is safely positioned to not cause a safety hazard OK
Mount is secure and perpendicular OK
Mount is grounded as per site specifications OK
All steelwork is Galvanized or Stainless Steel as appropriate OK
3. ANTENNA
Antenna type (model and size):
Antenna is securely fixed to mount OK
Antenna is grounded as per site specifications OK
Antenna sway braces are installed correctly (where applicable)
OK
Antenna Radome is securely fitted (where applicable) OK
Water drain plugs are fitted and removed, as appropriate OK
Antenna sealing O-Ring is properly fitted and not damaged OK
Antenna/Launch unit polarization is as per link requirements OK
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 315 of 353
SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)
4. Radio Frequency Unit (RFU)
Type of RFU mount: (Direct or Remote mount)
RFU is securely mounted to the antenna or pole OK
RFU is grounded as per installation instructions OK
RFU‘s polarization is as per link requirements OK
RFU is installed properly and has no physical damage OK
For Remote-Mount Only:
Remote mount kit is securely mounted to the pole OK
Flexible waveguide has no physical damage and connectors are sealed
OK
All flexible waveguide bolts are secured using washers and lock-washers, as appropriate
OK
Flexible waveguide is secured to the pole OK
6. COAX CABLE
Overall cable length:
Cable type:
N-Type connectors assembled properly on the cable OK
Cable connected securely to RFU and IDU OK
Cable connector is weather-proofed (sealed) at the RFU OK
At the RFU, cable has a service/drip loop to prevent moisture from entering the connector
OK
Cable is secured using suitable restraints to fixed points at regular intervals (0.5 m recommended)
OK
Cable has no sharp bends, kinks, or crushed areas. All bends are per manufacturer specifications
OK
Grounding/lightning protection is as per site specifications OK
Lightning protection type and model:
Cable point-of-entry to building/shelter is weather-proof OK
Cable ends are properly labeled OK
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 316 of 353
SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)
7. FLEXIBLE WAVEGUIDE
Overall flexible WG length:
Flexible WG type:
Flexible WG is connected securely to RFU and Antenna OK
Flexible WG connector is weather-proofed (sealed) at the RFU
OK
At the RFU, the flexible WG has a service/drip loop to prevent moisture from entering the connector
OK
Flexible WG is secured using suitable restraints to fixed points at regular intervals (0.5 m recommended)
OK
Flexible WG has no sharp bends, kinks, or crushed areas. All bends are per manufacturer specifications
OK
Flexible WG point-of-entry to building/shelter is weather-proof
OK
Flexible WG ends are properly labeled OK
8. INDOOR UNIT (IDU)
IDU is securely mounted to the rack OK
IDU is located in a properly ventilated environment OK
IDU fans are functional and air flow to the fans is not disrupted
OK
IDU and rack are grounded as per site specifications OK
Traffic cables and connections are properly terminated as per manufacturer/cable instructions
OK
All cabling is secured, tidy, and visibly labeled OK
9. DC POWER SUPPLY
Measured DC voltage input to the IDU: (-40.5 to -60 VDC)
Power-Supply maximum current: (at least 3 Ampere)
Power-Supply is properly grounded OK
DC power backup type:
IDU DC connector is secure and the DC input leads are correctly terminated (no bare wires are visible)
OK
IDU DC connector (+) and (GND) leads are shorted and GND is grounded
OK
10. RACK INSTALLATION
Rack is mounted to the shelter floor with four screws OK
Rack is mounted to the shelter wall with two screws OK
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 317 of 353
SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)
11. REMARKS/NOTES
12. GENERAL INFORMATION
Site accepted by:
Name:
Title:
Company:
Signature:
Date:
Site approved by:
Name:
Title:
Company:
Signature:
Date:
17.2 Site Acceptance Checklist Notes
The following notes provide important additional information about the Site Acceptance Checklist.
17.2.1 Antenna Mounting
Mounting pole is of sufficient height to clear local obstructions, such as parapets, window cleaning gantries, and lift housings.
Mounting Pole is of sufficient height, and is safely positioned, so as not to cause a safety hazard. No person should be able to walk in front of, or look directly into the path of the microwave radio beam. Where possible, the pole should be away from the edge of the building.
Mounting pole is secure and perpendicular. A pole that is not perpendicular may cause problems during antenna alignment.
Mounting pole is grounded as per site specifications. All operators and site owners have specific requirements regarding the grounding of installations. As a minimum, typical requirements are such that any metal structure must be connected to the existing lightning protection ground of the building. Where it extends beyond the 45 degree cone of protection of existing lightning conductors, additional lightning protectors should be installed.
All steelwork is Galvanized or Stainless Steel, as appropriate to prevent corrosion.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 318 of 353
17.2.2 Antenna
Antenna is grounded as per site specifications. See the third point in the Antenna Mounting section above.
Antenna sway braces are fitted and installed correctly, where applicable. Typically, for an antenna of 1.2 m or larger, an extra sway brace is fitted to the mounting frame of the antenna. This sway brace should not be mounted to the same pole as the antenna, but should be installed directly back to the tower or an alternative point.
Antenna Water Drain Plugs are fitted and removed, where appropriate. Some antennas have moisture drain plugs installed at various points around the antenna. The purpose of these plugs is to allow any moisture that forms on the inside of the antenna or radome to drip out and prevent a pool within the antenna. Only the plugs at the bottom of the antenna, after installation, should be removed. All other plugs should be left in position.
17.2.3 RFU (Radio Frequency Unit)
The RFU is grounded as per installation instructions. See the third point in the Antenna Mounting section above.
The RFU polarization is as per link requirements and matches the polarization of the antenna.
17.3 IDU (Indoor Unit)
The main traffic connections are correctly terminated and crimped as per cable and connector manufacturer instructions. All fiber optic patch leads should be routed carefully and efficiently, using conduits to prevent damage to the cables.
All other user terminations are secure and correctly terminated.
All labeling is complete as per site requirements. Labeling is specific to each customer. At a site with only one installation, labeling may be unnecessary. However, at sites with multiple installations, correct and adequate labeling is essential for future maintenance operations.
Typical labeling requirements include:
Antenna labels - for link identity and bearing
RFU labels - for link identity, frequency, and polarization
Coax cable labels - for link identity, close to the RFU, IDU, and either end of any joint
IDU labels - for link identity
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 319 of 353
17.4 1+0 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in a 1+0 configuration.
The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.
17.4.1 Commissioning Test
The following tests should be performed on each installed link.
17.4.1.1 Link Verification
“Radio” LED on the IDM front panel is green, indicating the radio link is up.
Received Signal Level (RSL) is up to +/- 4 dB from the expected (calculated) level at both ends of the link.
Radio Bit Error Rate (BER) is 10E-11 or higher.
If working with ATPC, ATPC is operating as expected (RSL = reference level).
After connecting test equipment or end equipment to the line interfaces, all LEDs on the front panel of the IDM are green.
17.4.1.2 Line Interfaces Test
155 Mbps Interface - connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.
50/100/200 Mbps, GbE Interface - connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interface and verify error-free operation (no packet loss) for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop at the far end.
45 Mbps Interface - connect PDH test equipment to the DS3 interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.
2 Mbps/1.5 Mbps - connect PDH test equipment to the E1/DS1 interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.
17.4.1.3 Interoperability Verification
Connect customer end equipment to the line interfaces, and verify correct operation.
Further interoperability tests should be performed in accordance with the specific requirements of the connected end equipment.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 320 of 353
17.4.1.4 Management Verification
Install CeraView element manager software on the PC, and launch the program.
Verify that you can manage the link and that you are able to perform changes to the link configuration (frequency channel, Tx power, system name, time & date, etc.) via CeraView.
Verify that CeraView reports the correct parameters when performing the above.
Verify that there are no active alarms on the link.
If the management station is located at a remote site (Network Operation Center), verify that the management station can manage the link and receive traps.
17.4.1.5 Loopback Operation
Perform line loopback, IDU loopback, RFU loopback, and Remote loopback, and verify that the system operates accordingly.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 321 of 353
17.5 1+1 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) configurations (internal protection).
The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.
Note that in this section:
Primary refers to the RFUs connected to the main path of the directional coupler in a 1+1 HSB configuration.
Secondary refers to the RFUs connected to the secondary path of the directional coupler in a 1+1 HSB configuration.
17.5.1 Commissioning Tests
The following tests should be performed on each installed link.
17.5.1.1 Link Verification
The following steps should be repeated for each of the four RFU combinations (Primary-Primary, Primary-Secondary, Secondary-Primary, Secondary-Secondary).
“Radio” LED on the IDM front panel is green, indicating the radio link is up.
Received Signal Level (RSL) is up to +/- 4 dB from the expected (calculated) level at both ends of the link.
Radio Bit Error Rate (BER) is 10E-11 or higher.
If working with ATPC, ATPC is operating as expected (RSL = reference level).
After connecting test equipment or end equipment to the line interfaces, all LEDs on the front panel of the IDM are green.
17.5.1.2 Line Interfaces Test
155 Mbps interface - connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use physical loop between the splitters at the far end.
50/100/200 Mbps, GbE interface - connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interfaces using an FE splitter, and verify error-free operation (no packet loss) for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop at the far end.
45 Mbps interface - connect PDH test equipment to the DS3 interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end.
2 Mbps/1.5 Mbps - connect PDH test equipment to the E1/DS1 interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 322 of 353
17.5.1.3 Switching Tests
Define each of the N channels as preferred (one at a time) for errorless switching to the +1 channel. The regular channel supports hitless switching to the +1 channel.
155 Mbps Interface
Connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interfaces using splitters. Use physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify that there are no alarms.
Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.
Power: power off the Active IDM
Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM
Line: disconnect the 155 Mbps line input of the Active IDM
Management: force a switch using CeraView
For diversity configurations, verify that each receiver is receiving its own signal, and then mute the active RFU. Verify that the receiver at the far end still receives from the diversity path. Verify that there are no errors in the test equipment.
50/100/200 Mbps, GbE Interface
Connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interfaces using splitters. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify no alarms exist.
Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.
Power: power off the Active IDM
Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM
Management: force a switch using CeraView
45/2/1.5/2 Mbps Interface
Connect PDH test equipment to the interfaces using splitters. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify no alarms exist.
Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.
Power: power off the Active IDM
Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM
Management: force a switch using CeraView
17.5.1.4 Interoperability Verification
Connect the customer end equipment to the line interfaces and verify correct operation.
Further interoperability tests should be performed in accordance with the specific requirements of the connected end equipment.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 323 of 353
17.5.1.5 Management Verification
Install CeraView element manager software on the PC and launch the program.
Verify that you can manage the link and that you are able to perform changes to the link configuration (frequency channel, Tx power, system name, time & date, etc.) via CeraView.
Verify that CeraView reports the correct parameters when performing the above.
Verify that there are no active alarms on the link.
If the management station is located a t a remote site (Network Operation Center), verify that the management station can manage the link and receive traps.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 324 of 353
17.6 2+0 XPIC Commissioning Procedure
This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in a 2+0 XPIC Co-Channel-Dual-Polarization configuration.
The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.
Important! Since operation of the XPIC system depends on correct installation, make sure the guidelines for XPIC system installation provided below are followed correctly.
17.6.1 XPIC Commissioning Tests
17.6.1.1 Individual Link Verification
Before operating in XPIC configuration, each of the links (V and H) should be commissioned individually in order to verify its proper operation.
1 Power up the IDU-V only at both ends and verify its frequency channel, modem script, and Tx power configuration.
2 Verify that the RSL is no more than +/-2dB from the expected level. 3 Run a BER stability or Ethernet traffic load test on the link for at least 15
minutes to ensure error-free operation of the link. 4 Power up the IDU-H only at both ends and verify its frequency channel,
modem script, and Tx power configuration. 5 Verify that the RSL is not more than +/-2dB from the expected level. 6 Run a BER stability or Ethernet traffic load test on the link for at least 15
minutes to ensure error-free operation of the link.
17.6.1.2 XPIC Configuration Verification
1 Configure the IP-10G IDU to work in XPIC mode, using the required XPIC script.
2 Verify that the RSL at all four RFUs is no more than +/-2 dB from the expected level.
3 Verify that no alarms are present (if a tributaries line is connected).
17.6.1.3 XPIC Recovery Test
In order to verify XPIC operation, simulate the faults described below.
1 Disconnect the IDU-RFU cable for each of the drawers (one at a time), and verify that the other link is operating.
2 Power down each of the drawers and verify that the other link is working. 3 Swap the V and H cables and check that the relevant alarm is generated. 4 Mute and then un-mute one RFU at a time and verify that the other link is
operating.
Note: In a 2+2 configuration, repeat each step above for each of the four coupled RFUs connected to the two standby IDUs.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 325 of 353
17.6.1.4 XPIC Link Verification
1 Verify that the link is working in XPIC mode (same channel). 2 Connect a traffic analyzer to the Gigabit SFP ports of the IDU at one end of
the link. At the other end of the link, use test equipment to create an Ethernet loop and run a traffic test for at least two hours.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 326 of 353
17.7 FibeAir IP-10 Commissioning Log
The Commissioning Log is an integral part of the commissioning procedure and should be filled in for each installed link.
The Commissioning Log gathers all relevant information regarding the installed link and contains a checklist of all recommended commissioning tests.
Maintaining the Commissioning Log is important for tracking your installations, and to provide essential data for Ceragon Networks.
Upon completing the Commissioning Log, send the log to Ceragon support center at [email protected].
FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
Customer:
Radio model:
Configuration:
Radio link code:
Site 1 name & add:
Site 2 name & add:
2. INDOOR UNIT Site 1 Drawers
Right / Left Site 2 Drawers
Right / Left
IDC model:
Wayside channel:
IDC p/n:
IDC s/n:
SW IDC:
Drawer model
Main channel
Drawer p/n
Drawer s/n
FW Mux:
FW Modem:
Cfg Modem:
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 327 of 353
FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG
(continued)
3. RFU Site 1 Drawers
Right / Left
Site 2 Drawers
Right / Left
RFU model:
RFU p/n:
RFU Main s/n:
SW RFU:
Tx frequency (MHz):
Rx frequency (MHz):
Link ID:
Tx power (dBm):
ATPC on/off:
ATPC ref level:
RFU Polarization:
4. ANTENNA Site 1 Drawers
Right / Left Site 2 Drawers
Right / Left
Antenna model:
Antenna size:
Manufacturer:
Mounting type:
Mounting losses:
5. LINK PARAMETERS Site 1 Drawers
Right / Left Site 2 Drawers
Right / Left
Link distance:
Rain zone:
Expected RSL (dBm):
Expected Diversity RSL (dBm):
RSL Main (dBm):
RSL Diversity (dBm):
Deviation from exp?
RSL ≤4 dB?
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 328 of 353
FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG
(continued)
6. COMMISSIONING TESTS Site 1 Drawers
Right / Left Site 2 Drawers
Right / Left
Front panel LEDs: All green All green All green All green
Line loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass
IDU loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass
RFU loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Radio BER: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Fast Ethernet test: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Gigabit Ethernet test: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Wayside E1 test: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Wayside Eth test: Pass Pass Pass Pass
Switching test: Pass Pass Pass Pass
7. MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION Site 1 Site 2
Eth Main IP address:
Eth Coupled IP address:
Eth IP mask:
Serial IP address:
Serial IP mask:
Default router:
In-band enabled?
Gateway/NE:
In-band channel 1:
In-band channel 2:
Ring IP address:
Ring IP mask:
Network ID:
8. REMARKS/NOTES
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 329 of 353
FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG
(continued)
9. INSTALLATION INFORMATION
Installed by:
Name:
Company:
Date:
Signature:
Commissioned by:
Name:
Company:
Date:
Signature:
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 330 of 353
18. Appendix A: Line Interfaces
This section provides a description of the FibeAir main channel, wayside channel, and order wire channel interfaces.
The interfaces are located on the FibeAir IDU front panel.
The following interface terms should be noted:
For connectors or signals labeled TX, the signals are sent from FibeAir.
For connectors or signals labeled RX, the signals are sent to FibeAir.
18.1 Main Channel Interfaces
Main channel interfaces include the following:
Gigabit Ethernet (Optical)
1000Base-SX (Multi Mode)
Wavelength: 850 nm
Receptacle: MSA compliant, SFP (Small Form Factor
Pluggable Ports)
Connector: LC
Max Segment Length: 220 m (1351 ft), 500 m (1650 ft)
Cable Type: For Max Segment = 220 m: 62.5 µm MMF
For Max Segment= 500 m: 50 µm MMF
1000Base-LX (Single Mode)
Wavelength: 1350 nm
Receptacle: MSA compliant, SFP (Small Form Factor
Pluggable Ports)
Connector: LC
Max Segment Length: 550 m (1805 ft), 5000 m (16404 ft)
Cable Type: For Max Segment = 550 m: 62.5 µm MMF, 50 µm
MMF
For Max Segment = 5000 m: 10 µm SMF
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 331 of 353
Gigabit Ethernet / Fast Ethernet (Electrical)
100/1000BaseT (Twisted Pair Cable)
Connector: RJ-45
Max Segment Length: Up to 100 m (328 ft) per IEEE802.3
Cable Type: Compatible with shielded and unshielded twisted
pair category 5 cables.
Supports MDI (Medium Dependent Interface)
Optional 16xE1/DS1
Connector MDR 69-pin
Used with: Twisted pair
Interface Type E1/DS1
Number of ports 16 per unit (optional)
Timing mode: Retimed
Framing Unframed (full transparency)
Coding E1: HDB3
T1: AMI/B8ZS
Range: 5 m
Line Impedance 120 /100 balanced. Optional module for 75
unbalanced
Compatible Standards ITU-T G.703, G.736, G.775, G.823, G.824, G.828,
ITU-T I.432, ETSI ETS 300 147, ETS 300 417,
ANSI T1.105, T1.102-1993, T1.231, Bellcore GR-
253-core, TR-NWT-000499
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 332 of 353
18.2 Wayside Channel Interface
The wayside channel is used as an auxiliary audio or data channel.
10/100BaseT (Ethernet)
Connector: Shielded RJ-45
Used with: UTP Cat 5
Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex
Timing mode: Retimed
Range: 100 m
Impedance: 100
18.3 Protection Channel Interface
Protection
Connector: Shielded RJ-45
Used with: UTP Cat 5
Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex
Timing mode: Retimed
Range: 100 m
Impedance: 100
18.4 Management Channel Interface
Out-of-Band Management
Connector: Shielded RJ-45
Used with: UTP Cat 5
Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex
Timing mode: Retimed
Range: 100 m
Impedance: 100
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 333 of 353
18.5 Order Wire Channel Interface
The Order Wire is used for audio transmission for testing or maintenance purposes.
The specifications for this channel are as follows:
Termination Type: Headset stereo plug, 2.5 mm
Frequency band (KHz) 0.3-3.4
Input impedance (ohms) ~2000
Output impedance (ohms) 32
18.6 User Channel Interface
The user channel is a CVSD audio channel that delivers 64 Kbps, via an RJ-45 connector.
The interface can be used for one of the following:
Asynchronous RS-232
Asynchronous V-11
Co and Contra Directional
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 334 of 353
19. Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs
This appendix provides pin-outs for FibeAir IDU connectors, including the following:
External Alarms Connector
Protection/Wayside/Management Connector
Power Connector
16 x E1/DS1 Connector
Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector
Ethernet 10/100 Connector
User Channel Connector
Craft Terminal
19.1 External Alarms Connector Pin-Out
The External Alarms connector is a D-type 9-pin connector.
Note: For a 1+1 configuration, the pins are as listed in the table below. For 1+0, pins 7 and 9 are interchanged.
Pin Signal I/O Color Description
1 EXT_IN5 Input Black External input alarm
#5
2 EXT_IN4 Input Brown External input alarm
#4
3 EXT_IN3 Input Red External input alarm
#3
4 EXT_IN2 Input Orange External input alarm
#2
5 EXT_IN1 Input Yellow External input alarm
#1
6 GND GND Green GND
7 RELAY_1_NO Output Blue Relay #1, normally
open pin
8 RELAY_1_C Output Purple Relay #1, common
pin
9 RELAY_1_NC Output Grey Relay #1, normally
closed pin
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 335 of 353
19.2 Protection/Wayside/Management Connector Pin-Out
The Protection/Wayside/Management connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.
RJ-45 Male Connector Pin
Signal
1 Twisted Pair, Out - Tx
2
3 Twisted Pair, In - Rx
6
4 Not Connected
5
7 Not Connected
8
19.3 Power Connector Pin-Out
The power connector pin-out is as follows:
Left Pin (#1) Right Pin (#2)
-48V (return current) 0V
Note that right/left refers to viewing the panel from the front.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 336 of 353
19.4 16 x E1/DS1Connector
The 16 x E1/DS1 connector is a SCSI 68-pin connector.
Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair
Type
1 OUT - TIP1 Ch1 Tx TWISTED PAIR
35 OUT - RING1
2 OUT - TIP2 Ch2 Tx TWISTED PAIR
36 OUT - RING2
3 OUT - TIP3 Ch3 Tx TWISTED PAIR
37 OUT - RING3
4 OUT - TIP4 Ch4 Tx TWISTED PAIR
38 OUT - RING4
5 OUT - TIP5 Ch5 Tx TWISTED PAIR
39 OUT - RING5
6 OUT - TIP6 Ch6 Tx TWISTED PAIR
40 OUT - RING6
7 OUT - TIP7 Ch7 Tx TWISTED PAIR
41 OUT - RING7
8 OUT - TIP8 Ch8 Tx TWISTED PAIR
42 OUT - RING8
9 OUT - TIP9 Ch9 Tx TWISTED PAIR
43 OUT - RING9
10 OUT - TIP10 Ch10 Tx TWISTED PAIR
44 OUT - RING10
11 OUT - TIP11 Ch11 Tx TWISTED PAIR
45 OUT - RING11
12 OUT - TIP12 Ch12 Tx TWISTED PAIR
46 OUT - RING12
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 337 of 353
16 x E1/DS1 Connector (Continued)
Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair
Type
13 OUT - TIP13 Ch13 Tx TWISTED PAIR
47 OUT - RING13
14 OUT - TIP14 Ch14 Tx TWISTED PAIR
48 OUT - RING14
15 OUT - TIP15 Ch15 Tx TWISTED PAIR
49 OUT - RING15
16 OUT - TIP16 Ch16 Tx TWISTED PAIR
50 OUT - RING16
19 IN - TIP1 Ch1 Rx TWISTED PAIR
53 IN - RING1
20 IN - TIP2 Ch2 Rx TWISTED PAIR
54 IN - RING2
21 IN - TIP3 Ch3 Rx TWISTED PAIR
55 IN - RING3
22 IN - TIP4 Ch4 Rx TWISTED PAIR
56 IN - RING4
23 IN - TIP5 Ch5 Rx TWISTED PAIR
57 IN - RING5
24 IN - TIP6 Ch6 Rx TWISTED PAIR
58 IN - RING6
25 IN - TIP7 Ch7 Rx TWISTED PAIR
59 IN - RING7
26 IN - TIP8 Ch8 Rx TWISTED PAIR
60 IN - RING8
27 IN - TIP9 Ch9 Rx TWISTED PAIR
61 IN - RING9
28 IN - TIP10 Ch10 Rx TWISTED PAIR
62 IN - RING10
29 IN - TIP11 Ch11 Rx TWISTED PAIR
63 IN - RING11
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 338 of 353
16 x E1/DS1 Connector (Continued)
Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair
Type
30 IN - TIP12 Ch12 Rx TWISTED PAIR
64 IN - RING12
31 IN - TIP13 Ch13 Rx TWISTED PAIR
65 IN - RING13
32 IN - TIP14 Ch14 Rx TWISTED PAIR
66 IN - RING14
33 IN - TIP15 Ch15 Rx TWISTED PAIR
67 IN - RING15
34 IN - TIP16 Ch16 Rx TWISTED PAIR
68 IN - RING16
17 SHELL - SHIELD
18 SHELL - SHIELD
51 SHELL - SHIELD
52 SHELL - SHIELD
19.5 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector Pin-Out
The Ethernet 10/100/1000 connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.
RJ-45 Female Connector Pin
Signal
1 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)
2
3 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)
6
4 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)
5
7 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)
8
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 339 of 353
19.6 Ethernet 10/100 Connector Pin-Out
The Ethernet 10/100 connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.
RJ-45 Female Connector Pin
Signal
1 Twisted Pair, Out - Tx
2
3 Twisted Pair, In - Rx
6
4 Not Connected
5
7 Not Connected
8
19.7 User Channel Connector Pin-Out
The user channel connector is an RJ-45 connector.
Pin Asynchronous RS-232
Asynchronous V11
I/O
1 NC UC_TXD_P Out
2 NC UC_TXD_N Out
3 NC NC NC
4 GND
Signal Ground
GND
Signal Ground COM
5 UC_RS232_TXD
Transmitted Data NC Out
6 UC_RS232_RXD
Received Data NC In
7 NC UC_RXD_P In
8 NC UC_RXD_N In
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 340 of 353
19.8 Craft Terminal Connector Pin-Out
The craft terminal connector is a 9-pin RS-232 connector.
Pin # Acronym Full Name Direction Meaning
3 TxD Transmit Data —» Transmits bytes out of PC
2 RxD Receive Data «— Receives bytes into PC
7 RTS Request To Send —» RTS/CTS flow control
8 CTS Clear To Send «— RTS/CTS flow control
6 DSR Data Set Ready «— I'm ready to communicate
4 DTR Data Terminal Ready —» I'm ready to communicate
1 DCD Data Carrier Detect «— Modem connected to another
9 RI Ring Indicator «— Telephone line ringing
5 SG Signal Ground - -
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 341 of 353
20. Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement
If it is necessary to replace the fan tray in the IDU, replace it as follows:
1 Remove the current fan tray by releasing the safety screw and removing the tray.
2 Insert the new fan tray entirely in its place and tighten the safety screw.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 342 of 353
21. Appendix D: CLI Overview
This section provides basic instructions for using the Command Line Interface (CLI).
The CLI is used to perform IP-10 configuration and obtain system statistical and performance information.
Using the CLI, you can perform configuration operations for single IP-10 units, as well as configure several IP-10 units in a single batch command.
For more detailed information about the IP-10 CLI, refer to FibeAir® IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide, DOC-00023199 Rev a.04.
21.1 Access Rights
IP-10 CLI access is granted for the following user groups:
Viewer – This user only has read-only access. The user can only view parameters and their values, not modify them.
Operator – This user has read-write access. The user can read parameters and their values, and modify them. However, this user cannot add or remove other users.
Admin – This user has read-write access. The user can read parameters and their values, modify them, and add/remove other users.
Technician – This user has read-write access to the OS CLI.
User access is controlled by the system Administrator and configured via the Management command group. For further information, refer to Command Groups on page 351.
21.2 Getting Started
To log in to the CLI:
1 Power on your PC. 2 Make sure that your PC is connected to the management port on the front
panel of the IP-10 unit. 3 Open the telnet application, as follows: type telnet <IP address of the
unit>, Enter. 4 For a first-time login, use the following:
User: Admin
Password: Admin
Note: When using the Hyper Terminal, you should set the terminal speed (in your PC terminal configuration) to 155200 kbps. In addition, it is recommended to select the VT-100 terminal type and set the terminal size to 24 rows, 80 columns.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 343 of 353
21.3 Getting Help
Once you are logged in, you can go to a main command group and its sub groups, type the command you want, and press Tab twice for a list of possible parameter values.
In addition, you can type a command and then type a question mark (?) for location-specific information for the command. For example, for the set command, typing set ? and pressing Enter will display a list of optional parameters and a help line.
Wherever you are in the command tree, you can obtain a list of available commands by typing Help or ?.
The commands that are available are different for each location in the CLI tree and the type of user.
21.4 Basic Commands
The following basic commands are available when you first log in, if you belong to the Operator user group:
ls list entities
get get parameter
set set parameter
help help
cd change directory
exit exit CLI
logout logout from CLI
cli-ver cli version
cls clear screen
write write the current switch configuration to the configuration file
show-tree show entity tree
find search for a string in the parameter name and information fields
lsp list entity parameters and commands
In addition, you can use the up/down arrow keys, or the “q” key, when the word “END” appears at the end of the screen.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 344 of 353
21.5 Setting IP Addresses
To define a new IP address, do the following:
1 Log in as follows:
User: Admin or Operator
Password: Admin
2 At the command prompt, type: cd management\networking\ip-address\, and press Enter.
3 Type: get ip-address, and press Enter. 4 This will give you the current IP address. 5 Type: set new_ip_address, and press Enter. 6 For new_ip_address, enter the new address.
21.6 Finding Commands
At any point in the CLI tree, a quick way to find a command is to type find string, and press Enter. For string you can type any word that you think is relevant for a command.
For example, if you type find user, and press Enter, you would get a list of commands relating to "user", as follows:
1) management/mng-services/users/add-user Add user <name> <group>
2) management/mng-services/users/delete-user Delete user <name>
3) management/mng-services/users/show-users Show users
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 345 of 353
21.7 Command Example
The following example shows how you can find a command within a sub-group, and then execute the command. The example starts with the lsp (list parameters) command, and ends with the activation of an interface loopback test.
-----------------------------------------------
IP-10:/> cd diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback/
IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> lsp
*********** configuration ********
timeout rw Loopback timeout in
minutes
*********** statuses *************
counter ro Loopback time left
if-loopback rw IF loopback activation
rfu-rf-loopback rw RFU RF Loopback Enable
Command
IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set timeout 2
IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set if-loopback
off on
IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set if-loopback
on
Caution: This action affects traffic.
It may cause permanent loss of Ethernet traffic & wayside.
Consider disabling or physically disconnecting the Ethernet
ports of the IDM and Wayside before the loopback activation.
Are you sure? (yes/no):yes
IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback>
-----------------------------------------------
Important! Note that bridge related commands need to be followed by a “write” command to be saved. Otherwise, the commands will not be saved following a reset in the system.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 346 of 353
21.8 Viewing the Command Tree
At any location within the command group structure, you can type show-tree and press Enter for a list of all the commands in the group you are currently in.
The following list appears when you type show-tree.
IP-10-SLOT-1:/>show-tree
management
mng-services
cfg-service
event-service
event-log
alarm-service
alarm-current
alarm-external
pm-service
time-service
ntp
mng-software
users
networking
ip-address
floating-ip-address
mng-protocols
snmp
platform
inventory
daughter-board
license
idc-board
fpga
mate-idu
all-odu
shelf-manager
remote-idu
remote-co
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 347 of 353
remote-cl
radio
xpic
remote-cl
framer
mrmc
tdm-radio-pm[1]
tdm-radio-pm[2]
tdm-radio-pm[3]
tdm-radio-pm[4]
tdm-radio-pm[5]
tdm-radio-pm[6]
tdm-radio-pm[7]
tdm-radio-pm[8]
tdm-radio-pm[9]
tdm-radio-pm[10]
tdm-radio-pm[11]
tdm-radio-pm[12]
tdm-radio-pm[13]
tdm-radio-pm[14]
tdm-radio-pm[15]
tdm-radio-pm[16]
tdm-radio-pm[17]
tdm-radio-pm[18]
tdm-radio-pm[19]
tdm-radio-pm[20]
tdm-radio-pm[21]
tdm-radio-pm[22]
tdm-radio-pm[23]
tdm-radio-pm[24]
tdm-radio-pm[25]
tdm-radio-pm[26]
tdm-radio-pm[27]
tdm-radio-pm[28]
tdm-radio-pm[29]
tdm-radio-pm[30]
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 348 of 353
tdm-radio-pm[31]
tdm-radio-pm[32]
tdm-radio-pm[33]
tdm-radio-pm[34]
tdm-radio-pm[35]
tdm-radio-pm[36]
tdm-radio-pm[37]
tdm-radio-pm[38]
tdm-radio-pm[39]
tdm-radio-pm[40]
tdm-radio-pm[41]
tdm-radio-pm[42]
tdm-radio-pm[43]
tdm-radio-pm[44]
tdm-radio-pm[45]
tdm-radio-pm[46]
tdm-radio-pm[47]
tdm-radio-pm[48]
tdm-radio-pm[49]
tdm-radio-pm[50]
tdm-radio-pm[51]
tdm-radio-pm[52]
tdm-radio-pm[53]
tdm-radio-pm[54]
tdm-radio-pm[55]
tdm-radio-pm[56]
tdm-radio-pm[57]
tdm-radio-pm[58]
tdm-radio-pm[59]
tdm-radio-pm[60]
tdm-radio-pm[61]
tdm-radio-pm[62]
tdm-radio-pm[63]
tdm-radio-pm[64]
tdm-radio-pm[65]
tdm-radio-pm[66]
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 349 of 353
tdm-radio-pm[67]
tdm-radio-pm[68]
tdm-radio-pm[69]
tdm-radio-pm[70]
tdm-radio-pm[71]
tdm-radio-pm[72]
tdm-radio-pm[73]
tdm-radio-pm[74]
tdm-radio-pm[75]
tdm-radio-pm[76]
tdm-radio-pm[77]
tdm-radio-pm[78]
tdm-radio-pm[79]
tdm-radio-pm[80]
tdm-radio-pm[81]
tdm-radio-pm[82]
tdm-radio-pm[83]
tdm-radio-pm[84]
modem
rfu
rfu-sw-upload
rfu-co
rfu-cl
rfic
interfaces
wayside
sync
ethernet
bridge
eth-port[1]
eth-port[3]
eth-port[6]
eth-port[7]
eth-port[8]
service-oam
pdh
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 350 of 353
port-group
e1t1-port[1]
e1t1-port[2]
e1t1-port[3]
e1t1-port[4]
e1t1-port[5]
e1t1-port[6]
e1t1-port[7]
e1t1-port[8]
e1t1-port[9]
e1t1-port[10]
e1t1-port[11]
e1t1-port[12]
e1t1-port[13]
e1t1-port[14]
e1t1-port[15]
e1t1-port[16]
trails
sdh
stm1
diagnostics
rmon
loopback
line-loopback
radio-loopback
xml-interface
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 351 of 353
21.9 Command Groups
The command groups that appear when you log in include the following:
Management
Platform
Radio
Interfaces
Diagnostics
Some groups include sub groups that enable setup operations relevant to that category.
The following illustrations show the trees of each main group.
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 352 of 353
21.10 Management
Management
mng-services
cfg-service
event-service
event-log
alarm-service
alarm-current
alarm-report
pm-service
users
time-service
ntp
mng-software
networking
IP-address
roaming-IP-address
mng-protocols snmp
FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide
Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 353 of 353
21.11 Platform
21.12 Radio
Platform
Shelf-manager
inventory
license
idc-board fpga
remote-idu remote co remote cl
mate-idu
all odu
Daughter board
Radio
xpic remote cl
framer
mrmctdm-radio-pm[1]-[84]
modem
rfu rfu-co rfu-clrfu-sw-upload
rfic